POWER CYLINDER LINIPOWER JACK

TSUBAKI

POWER CYLINDER LINIPOWER JACK

Ⓡ

Ⓡ

6HULHVOLQHXS

3RZHU&\OLQGHU

P.2∼ 6HUYRW\SH

(FRVHULHV

6WUDLJKW

6SHHG0HFK

&'6W\SH

)VHULHV 3RZHU&\OLQGHU

*VHULHV

6WUDLJKW

/3*$W\SH

3DUDOOHO 6WUDLJKW

%DVLFW\SH

3DUDOOHO

/3*%W\SH

3DUDOOHO

:LWKWRUTXHOLPLWHU

/3*&W\SH :LWKWKUXVWGHWHFWLRQV\VWHP

6WUDLJKW 3DUDOOHO

/LQHDUDFWXDWRU

/37%W\SH

7VHULHV

:LWKVOLSSLQJFOXWFK

/37&W\SH :LWKWKUXVWGHWHFWLRQV\VWHP

0XOWLVHULHV

/37%W\SH %DVLFW\SH

0LQLVHULHV

/LQLSRZHU-DFN

P.142∼

/37&W\SH :LWKWKUXVWGHWHFWLRQV\VWHP

'LIIHUHQFHVEHWZHHQDQGKRZWRVHOHFWWKH3RZHU&\OLQGHU DQG/LQLSRZHU-DFN 3RZHU&\OLQGHU ・:LWKPRWRU

JWM (Trapezoidal screw)

・2XWGRRUVSHFLILFDWLRQVH[FHSWIRUVRPHPRGHOV ・8VHGWRSUHVVXSRUSXOOXSDORDG ・7KHQXPHULFDOYDOXHLQWKHPRGHOQXPEHULQGLFDWHVWKUXVWSRZHUWRSUHVVDQGSXOO

/LQLSRZHU-DFN

JWB (Ball screw)

/LQLSRZHU-DFN ・1REDVLF PRWRUPRGHOZLWKPRWRULVRSWLRQDO

JWH (High-lead ball screw)

・,QGRRUVSHFLILFDWLRQV ・8VHGWRVXSSRUWDORDG ・7KHQXPHULFDOYDOXHLQWKHPRGHOQXPEHUVKRZVDEDVLFFDSDFLW\ORDGWKDWFDQEHVXSSRUWHG

Power Cylinder

Application

3

Examples of use

5

Basic specifications list

7

Capacity range

9

Eco series

10

F series

52

G series

66

T series

86

Multi series

124

Mini series

134

2

Application Solution TSUBAKI E&M Power Cylinders were born over 40 years ago, and have been used across a variety of industries by a wide range of customers. By taking advantage of our accumulated experience, we have continued to develop new products as well as upgrade technologies, and proactively address environmental issues to create our present series. We will continue to create products which are customer-friendly, taking the environment into consideration.

For pusher/roller conveyor

3

For heat treatment furnace/door opening and closing

LCD TVs

For lifters/pin insertion to fix

For CT scanning/bed elevation

For machine tools/door opening and closing 4

Power Cylinder Examples of use Opening and closing Various types of opening and closing can be performed by changing the linear motion of power cylinders into turning force through link mechanisms or by using the linear motion as it is. The G series (GC type) and T series (TC type) that can press at the end are suitable. Those with a position detecting unit are used to indicate the degree of opening. ● Opening and closing of hopper gates ● Opening and closing of switching dampers ● Opening and closing of the lids of drying furnaces, incinerators, various kilns, etc.

Elevation Various types of elevation can be performed by using the linear motion of power cylinders. Power cylinders are effective for holding loads reliably and in synchronization.

● Pantograph type lifting and lowering devices ● Lifting and lowering devices using fixed pulleys and moving pulleys. ● Lifting and lowering devices directly using the linear motion of power cylinders (telescope type) ● Lifting and lowering devices operating multiple power cylinders synchronously

Turnover Conveyed objects can be turned over and transferred by the linear motion of power cylinders and simple supporting arrangements. Smooth operation can be performed with little backlash. ● Turnover devices for steel materials and packaged goods ● Lateral turning of wire bobbins ● Turnover of furnaces

5

Handling Various handling devices can be established by combining power cylinders and link mechanisms. Power cylinders enable reliable fastening.

● Chucking of cotton materials, and chucking and transfer of steel materials ● Handling of various automatic apparatuses

Stopper Conveyed objects can be stopped or changed in direction mainly through the link mechanisms in addition to the linear motion of power cylinders. Also, they can be stopped directly by power cylinders.

● Directional adjustments of the flows of conveyed objects on belt conveyors ● Stopper for conveyed objects on roller conveyors ● Stopper for materials in material cutting machines

Positioning Goods and materials can be moved into place and positioned by using a single or multiple power cylinders. Furthermore, they can be held and fixed in place.

● Positioning of materials, etc., in cutting machines ● Positioning and finishing machines of corrugated cardboard, plated parts, etc. ● Positioning and fixing for taking in and out movable stands in event halls

6

Power Cylinder 3RZHU&\OLQGHU%DVLFVSHFLILFDWLRQVOLVW 768%$.,( 03RZHU&\OLQGHUV

(FRVHULHV

FRPHLQDYDULHW\RIW\SHVDQG

)VHULHV

*VHULHV

100N∼6.00kN ｛10.2∼612kgf｝

700N∼3.00kN ｛71.4∼306kgf｝

RSWLRQV 6HUYRW\SH

&'6W\SH

150N∼15000N ｛15.3∼1530kgf｝

0.25kN∼1.00kN ｛25.5∼103kgf｝

LQRXUVHULHVOLQHXS 6HOHFWWKHRSWLPXPPRGHODQG RSWLRQIRU\RXUDSSOLFDWLRQ

N

5DWHG WKUXVW

{kgf}

15.3

30.6

153

306

1530

25.5

51.0

51.0

102

10.2

20.4

40.8

102

204

306

612

9

8

70

100

150

300

Slow 15

Low

6SHHG

90/100

Medium ∼300

High

∼333 160/190

90/90 160/170

24

18

54

25/30 25/30 25/30 25/30 75/90 75/90 75/90 50/60 100/120 100/120 100/120 67/80 200/240 200/240

30

2000mm 1500mm 1200mm ●

1000mm

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

600mm

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

500mm

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

400mm

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

800mm

6WURNH

●

300mm

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

200mm

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

100mm

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

50mm 5ISVTUNFBOTGPSDFBUXIJDIUIFQPXFSDZMJOEFSDBOQSFTTBOEQVMM 'PS&DPTFSJFTTFSWPUZQF UIJTSPXJTUIFNBYJNVNUISVTUJOTUFBE

2SWLRQV :LWKEUDNH :LWKVKDIWIRUPDQXDORSHUDWLRQ $QWLURGURWDWLRQ

○

●

●

●

●

○

:LWKH[WHUQDOOLPLWVZLWFK IRUVWURNHDGMXVWPHQW :LWKLQWHUQDOOLPLWVZLWFK IRUSRVLWLRQLQJGHWHFWLRQ

:LWKSRWHQWLRPHWHU

○ ○

○

○

○

○

○

:LWKURWDU\HQFRGHU

○

:LWKEHOORZV

○

○

○

○

○

&OHYLVILWWLQJ

○

○

●

○

7UXQQLRQILWWLQJ

○

)RRWILWWLQJ

○

ⅠW\SHHQGILWWLQJ

●

●

○

○

UW\SHHQGILWWLQJ

○

○

○

●

NW\SHHQGILWWLQJ

○

'PSPQUJPOTXJUIBONBSL UIFDMFWJTmUUJOHDBOOPUCFBUUBDIFE /PUF ●JOEJDBUFTTUBOEBSE○JOEJDBUFTBOPQUJPO

●

250

500

1000

7VHULHV

/DUJH VHULHV

0XOWLVHULHV

0LQL VHULHV

2.45kN∼313kN ｛250∼32000kgf｝

617kN∼882kN ｛63000∼90000kgf｝

4.9kN∼313kN ｛500∼32000kgf｝

98.0N∼392N ｛10∼40kgf｝

2000

4000

12.5/15 12.5/15 12.5/15 12.5/15 9/11

6000

8000 12000 16000 32000 63000 90000

500

1000

2000

4000

6000

8000 12000 16000 32000

7.5/9

URWDWLRQVSHHG5HIHUWRSDJHIRUGHWDLOV

50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 35/42 25/30 30/36 18/22 20/24 15/18 10/12 10/12

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

17/21

●

●

34/42

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

○

●

●

●

●

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

●

●

●

40

9/11

7KHF\OLQGHUVSHHGYDULHVGHSHQGLQJRQWKHLQSXW

100/120 100/120 100/120 75/90 60/72 42/50 43/52 30/36 31/37 20/24 15/18

●

20

6.3/7.6 10/12

25/30 25/30 25/30 25/30 25/30 17.5/21 20/24 10/12 14.5/17.5 10/12 7.5/9

●

10

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

●

○

●

●

Power Cylinder Power Cylinder capacity range TSUBAKI E&M Power Cylinders can be used across a wide range of thrusts and speeds. Refer to the image diagram below and select the optimum model from the basic specifications list on pages 7 and 8.

300K

100K

T series

Thrust N

AC power source, large thrust

10K

Eco series servo type For servomotor

5K

G series 1K

AC power source, medium thrust

F series DC power source, small and medium thrust

Mini series 100

Eco series CDS type AC power source, for press contact stopping

Single-phase, 3-phase power source

50

10

20

50

100

Speed mm/s

9

200

300

350

Eco series

Power Cylinder (FRVHULHV

Power Cylinder

Thrust：150N to 15000N｛15.3kgf to 1530kgf｝

*VHULHV

0D[LPL]DWLRQRIVHUYRPRWRUSHUIRUPDQFH 5HDOL]DWLRQRIKLJKVWRSSLQJDFFXUDF\ 6HOHFWDEOHVHUYRPRWRU 5HDOL]DWLRQRIKLJKVSHHGVDQGZLGHUDQJLQJWKUXVWV 5HGXFWLRQLQVHUYRPRWRUFDSDFLW\ZLWKSUHFLVLRQ SODQHWDU\UHGXFHU

)VHULHV

(FRVHULHVVHUYRW\SH

0XOWLVHULHV 0LQLVHULHV

6HOIFRQWDLQHG (QYLURQPHQWDOO\IULHQGO\ 5XQQLQJFRVWUHGXFWLRQ )RUKLJKO\IUHTXHQWRSHUDWLRQDQGORQJOLIH 6LPSOHRSHUDWLRQ

,QTXLU\)RUP

Thrust：250N to 1.00kN｛25.5kgf to 102kgf｝

7VHULHV

(FRVHULHV&'6W\SH

10

Power Cylinder Eco Series New lineup for mount coding and with precision planetary reducer

Mount coding Selection of each company’s servomotors is facilitated.

Features ●

Mount coding Each servomotor manufacturer s attaching parts are mount-coded, w hich c an b e indic ate d by main b o dy m o del N o. (for m o del N o. designation, see page 16)

●

Mount codes correspond to 11 domestic manufacturers. We make mounts available so that each company s servomotors can be attached.

●

Simple selection The cylinder capacity for attaching a desired servomotor is indicated in the motor matching table (see from page 20).

11

With precision planetary reducer

Power Cylinder

Expanded model

(FRVHULHV

Servo Type

*VHULHV

Size reduction

)VHULHV

For low-speed uses, the motor capacity can be reduced in combination with our precision planetary reducer PAT-B.

Precision planetary reducer

0XOWLVHULHV

7VHULHV

Smart coupling housing

Equipment cost reduction As the servomotor capacity becomes smaller, the amplifier (driver) also becomes smaller, so that the initial cost can be reduced.

●

Light weight and compactness Due to the reduction in servomotor size, a new smart coupling housing is adopted. Mass reduction is up to approximately 30kg (80%).

●

High-precision positioning Due to the adoption of our precision planetar y reducer (PAT-B), the backlash of the reducer will not affect the cylinder accuracy.

,QTXLU\)RUP

●

0LQLVHULHV

Features

12

Guidance for selection Power cylinder eco series is available in servo type and CDS type for various uses. Select optimum cylinders according to your use and operating conditions (thrust, speed, stroke, accuracy, expected life, etc.)

Motor direct coupling (high speed)

□45 frame

□70 frame

□105 frame Servo type With precision planetary reducer ●Servomotor drive

(low speed/small motor capacity)

□45 frame

Specify desired manufacturer.

●High stopping accuracy Repeated positioning accuracy ±0.02mm Stopping accuracy within ± 0.1mm

Power cylinder eco series

□70 frame

●High-frequency operation Duty factor 50%ED

□105 frame

Straight shape

□70 frame

CDS type Parallel (folded) shape ●Three-phase motor drive Wiring is simple.

●Simple opening and closing operation between two points No intermediate stop can be made because this is exclusive to press contact stop.

●Self-contained No LS for stroke adjustment is required because of the inclusion of an automatic stopping function.

13

Omron

EI

Yaskawa Electric Sanyo Denki

P.24

Nikki Denso

P.20

P.28

P.21

P.25

Tamagawa Seiki

P.29

Panasonic

P.22

Fuji Electric

P.23

Keyence

P.27

Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

P.30

FANUC

P.26

Allowable thrust

Maximum speed

Motor capacity range

Maximum stroke

150N {15.3kgf}

300mm/s

0.05∼0.1kW

300mm

Model No. indication

Dimensions table

P.31

GN

300N {30.6kgf}

300mm/s

0.1∼0.35kW

300mm

EIN

1500N {153kgf}

300mm/s

0.55∼0.75kW

600mm

Dimensions table

Power Cylinder

Mitsubishi Electric

(FRVHULHV

Servomotor manufacturers

GNN

3000N {306kgf}

300mm/s

0.3∼2kW

600mm

EINN

15000N {1530kgf}

333mm/s

0.85∼11kW

1000mm

GN

300N {30.6kgf}

100mm/s

0.03∼0.2kW

300mm

EIN

1500N {153kgf}

100mm/s

0.1∼0.5kW

600mm

Dimensions table

P.16

P.35

)VHULHV

P.33

Dimensions table

Dimensions table

*VHULHV

P.32

0.13∼1.5kW

600mm

EINN

15000N {1530kgf}

167mm/s

0.3∼5.5kW

1000mm

Thrust generated

Rated speed

Motor output

Maximum stroke

NFI

250N {25.5kgf}

160/190/200 mm/s

0.25N・m （50W or equivalent）

600mm

NIN

500N {51.0kgf}

90/100/110 mm/s


600mm

Dimensions table

P.36

Model No. indication

P.44

NIN

500N {51.0kgf}

160/170/190 mm/s


600mm

ENN

1000N {102gf}

90/90/110 mm/s


600mm

Dimensions table

P.45

0XOWLVHULHV

100mm/s

0LQLVHULHV

3000N {306kgf}

,QTXLU\)RUP

GNN

7VHULHV

P.34

14

Power cylinder eco series servo type

New models of power cylinders capable of corresponding to wide-ranging speeds and thrusts

Maximization of servomotor performance

Selectable servomotor

Servomotor performance is maximized by combining high-efficiency ball screw and high-rigidity and light-weight disc coupling. Because of clamp type fastening, there is no backlash like key fastening. Clamp type fastening also applies even with precision planetary reducer.

A desired servomotor can be installed. For an estimate, inform us of the servomotor manufacturer or mount code. Also, specify ⑧ Motor handling in model No. designation. Note) Each manufacturer has some unsupported models.

Realization of high stopping accuracy High stopping accuracy is realized through the adoption of high-precision ball screw. The repeated positioning accuracy*1 is ±0.02mm. The stopping accuracy*2 is within ±0.1mm. The accuracies are not affected even with the precision planetary reducer. *1) Difference in the position of stopping at one point in the same direction of operation *2) Difference between target point and actual stopping position

Effects with precision planetary reducer Due to the reduction in servomotor size, the following effects can be expected: ・Peripheral equipment, such as amplifier, can also be made smaller, so that the initial cost can be reduced. ・Electric energy decreases, so that the running cost can also be reduced. ・The coupling housing is also down-sized to be lightweight and compact.

15

Realization of high speeds and wide-ranging thrusts Can be used at high speeds in a large thrust area.

□45 frame

300mm/s at the maximum thrust of 300N {30.6kgf}

□70 frame

300mm/s at the maximum thrust of 3000N {306kgf}

□105 frame 333mm/s at the maximum thrust of 15000N {1530kgf}

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

⑨

LPES 1500 R 5 T 10 G5L A SUJ ① Product/series name

⑤ Main body shape

1500： 15000N ｛1530kgf｝

T: straight

⑨ Options W: Waterproof spec IP65 (□70 and □105 frames only) M: Anti-rod rotation spec (□45 frame only) S: With 3 magnetic sensors (See the sensor related option on page 17.) U: U-type end fitting N: N-type end fitting (□45 frame only) (No symbol indicates I-type end fitting.) J: Bellows (□70 and □105 frames only) (The strokes do not change even with bellows.)

⑥ Stroke

F: Motor direct coupling (no reduction gear ratio) R: With precision planetary reducer

3：300ｍｍ 10：1000ｍｍ

* For details, see the motor matching table (from page 20).

* The above numerical values are examples. For actual strokes, see the standard model list below.

6WDQGDUGPRGHOOLVW

LPES15F

6WDQGDUGXVHHQYLURQPHQW

Allowable thrust N｛kgf｝

Speed mm/s

150｛15.3｝

300

Stroke mm

Screw diameter mm

Screw lead mm

Frame size

300

LPES30F LPES30R3

3

LPES30R4

4

100

LPES30R5

5

LPES30R7

7

43

LPES30R9

9

33

LPES30RA

10

30

75 300｛30.6｝

60

100 200 300

Ф12

6

□45

3

LPES150R4

4

LPES150R5

5

LPES150R7

7

43

LPES150R9

9

33

LPES150RA

10

Indoor type

Ambient 0∼40℃ temperature Relative 85% or less (non-condensing) humidity Impact 1G or less resistance value Installation altitude

1000m or lower above sea level

Atmosphere

Normally indoors*

* Normally indoors means no exposure to wind, rain and water, and at a general in-factory level of dust.

300

LPES150F LPES150R3

Model Environment

100

*VHULHV

Reduction gear ratio

)VHULHV

* For details, see the motor matching table (from page 20).

③ Motor mounting method

Model No.

(FRVHULHV

G5L: Example) 750W manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric

｛153kgf｝｛306kgf｝

75 1500 ｛153｝

60

30 300

LPES300F LPES300R3

3

LPES300R4

4

100

LPES300R5

5

LPES300R7

7

43

LPES300R9

9

33

LPES300RA

10

75 3000｛306｝

100 200 300 400 500 600

Ф20

6

□70

200 300 400 500 600 800 1000

Ф30

10

□105

0XOWLVHULHV

□105 frame

1500N 3000N

⑦ Mount code

60

30 333

LPES1500F LPES1500R3

3

167

LPES1500R4

4

125

LPES1500R5

5

LPES1500R7

7

71

LPES1500R9

9

56

LPES1500RA

10

50

15000｛1530｝

100

* The speeds are values at an input of 3000r/min (except for LPES1500F, the speed of which is a value at an input of 2000r/min).

0LQLVHULHV

□70 frame

150： 300：

150N ｛15.3kgf｝ 300N ｛30.6kgf｝

,QTXLU\)RUP

15： 30：

A: Installed by customer B: Supplied by customer

3：1 / 3 4：1 / 4 5：1 / 5 7：1 / 7 9：1 / 9 A：1 / 10

② Allowable thrust □45 frame

⑧ Motor handling

④ Reduction gear ratio

Power cylinder eco series servo type

7VHULHV

①

Power Cylinder

0RGHO1RGHVLJQDWLRQ

16

6WUXFWXUH □45 frame

Greasing port bolt

Servomotor

Frame

Note) No servomotor is attached. Purchase, attach or supply by customer.

Rod

Coupling housing

End fitting

Ball screw

Disc coupling ECHT-FLEX coupling NES series

□70・□105 frame Servomotor Note) No servomotor is attached. Purchase, attach or supply by customer.

Greasing bolt

Coupling housing (bushing in trunnion hole)

Frame

Rod

Ball screw

End fitting

Disc coupling ECHT-FLEX coupling NES series

'ULYLQJSDUW

&RXSOLQJSDUW

0RWRU "TFSWPNPUPSPGBMNPTU BOZNBOVGBDUVSFSDBOCF TFMFDUFE1MFBTFBUUBDI PSTVQQMZBTFSWPNPUPS

$FWXDWLQJSDUW

&RXSOLQJ &$)5'-&9DPVQMJOH/&4 TFSJFTJTBEPQUFE5IFJOEVTUSZ MFBEFSJOMJHIUXFJHIUBOEIJHI SJHJEJUZ TFSWPNPUPSGVODUJPOT BSFGVMMZFYFSUFE

%DOOVFUHZ )JHIMZFGmDJFOUCBMMTDSFXJTBEPQUFE *UDBOXJUITUBOESFNBSLBCMZGSFRVFOUPQFSBUJPOTBOEBMPOHMJGFDBOCFFYQFDUFE )UDPH 5PSFBMJ[FMJHIUFSXFJHIU BOBMVNJOVNGSBNFIBTCFFOBEPQUFE"OEUIFFYUFSOBM EJNFOTJPOTPGUIFDZMJOEFSBSFOPUDIBOHFEFWFOBGUFSNPVOUJOHBNBHOFUJDTFOTPS

6HQVRUUHODWHGRSWLRQ ■6WDQGDUGPDJQHWLFVHQVRU6 □45 frame

+ (brown)

SW main circuit

22

Output (black) GND (blue)

Detection surface

6

1RQFRQWDFWVZLWFK'&ZLUHV\VWHPOHDGZLUHPZLWKODPS

Lead wire 1m

φ2.7

Lamp

φ4

4.6

0DJQHWLFVHQVRUVSHFLILFDWLRQV

Electric circuit

M2.5 Set screw

□70・□105 frame 30

Electric circuit + (brown)

8

SW main circuit

Detection surface

&RQVXPSWLRQ FXUUHQW

10mA or less

/RDGFXUUHQW

40mA or less

2XWSXW VSHFLILFDWLRQV

Open collector output


φ3

Lead wire 1m

15.5

3RZHUYROWDJH 5∼24V DC

Diode Load Output (black) GND (blue)

1RQFRQWDFWVZLWFK'&ZLUHV\VWHPOHDGZLUHP 3RZHUYROWDJH 5∼26V DC &RQVXPSWLRQ FXUUHQW

8ｍA MAX（24V DC）


15mA MAX(24V DC) Open collector output

■6SHFLDOW\SH IRU□DQG□IUDPHV ①:LWK/(' ODPS

②ZLUHV\VWHP

8IFOUIFTFOTPSEFUFDUT BSFEMBNQMJHIUTUPJOEJDBUFEFUFDUJPO *UJTVTFGVMXIFOTFUUJOHUIFQPTJUJPOPGUIFNBHOFUJDTFOTPS

XJSFTZTUFNJTPOMZXJUIMBNQ

Electric circuit

Electric circuit + (brown) /RDG

GND (blue)

+ (brown)

With a DC 2-wire system LED

Output (black)

41

φ3

Lead wire 1m

6: PDLQ FLUFXLW

8

30

φ3

8

With a DC 3-wire system LED

Lead wire 0.5m

6: PDLQ FLUFXLW

GND (blue)

0DJQHWLFVHQVRUVSHFLILFDWLRQV 0DJQHWLFVHQVRUVSHFLILFDWLRQV

)RUSRVLWLRQGHWHFWLRQ

/('

17

3RZHUYROWDJH &RQVXPSWLRQ FXUUHQW 2XWSXW VSHFLILFDWLRQV

)RUSRVLWLRQGHWHFWLRQ

5∼24V DC 8ｍA MAX（24V DC） 15mA MAX(24V DC) Open collector output

/('

3RZHUYROWDJH

10∼28V DC

/RDGFXUUHQW

5∼40mA

,QWHUQDOGURSYROWDJH 4V or less

-

LPES30F

-

Model No. 100

200

300

400

500

600

0.086

0.102

0.119

-

-

-

LPES1500F

Inertia moment X10- 4 kg・m 2

Reducer frame No.

-

200

300

400

500

600

800

1000

6.913

7.555

8.197

8.838

9.480

10.763

12.047

0.134

0.151

0.168

-

-

-

LPES1500R3

2.000

2.072

2.143

2.214

2.286

2.428

2.571

LPES30R3

0.045

0.047

0.049

-

-

-

LPES1500R4

1.262

1.302

1.342

1.382

1.423

1.503

1.583

LPES30R4

0.038

0.039

0.041

-

-

-

LPES1500R5

0.971

0.996

1.022

1.048

1.073

1.125

1.176

LPES30R5

0.035

0.036

0.037

-

-

-

LPES1500R7

0.705

0.718

0.732

0.745

0.758

0.784

0.810 0.658

LPES30R7

120

220

0.033

0.033

0.033

-

-

-

LPES1500R9

0.594

0.602

0.610

0.618

0.626

0.642

LPES30R9

0.032

0.032

0.032

-

-

-

LPES1500RA

0.565

0.572

0.578

0.584

0.591

0.604

0.616

LPES30RA

0.031

0.032

0.032

-

-

-

LPES1500F

12.513

13.155

13.797

14.438 15.080 16.363

17.647

-

1.039

1.166

1.292

1.418

1.545

1.671

LPES1500R3

4.640

4.712

4.783

4.854

4.926

5.068

5.211

LPES150R3

0.275

0.290

0.304

0.318

0.332

0.346

LPES1500R4

3.522

3.562

3.602

3.642

3.683

3.763

3.843

LPES150R4

0.205

0.213

0.221

0.229

0.237

0.244

LPES1500R5

LPES150R5

0.172

0.177

0.182

0.187

0.192

0.197

LPES1500R7

LPES150F

LPES150R7

-

160

320

3.211

3.236

3.262

3.288

3.313

3.365

3.416

2.875

2.888

2.902

2.915

2.928

2.954

2.980 2.788

0.151

0.154

0.156

0.159

0.162

0.164

LPES1500R9

2.724

2.732

2.740

2.748

2.756

2.772

LPES150R9

0.143

0.144

0.146

0.148

0.149

0.151

LPES1500RA

2.695

2.702

2.708

2.714

2.721

2.734

2.746

LPES150RA

0.140

0.142

0.143

0.144

0.145

0.147

LPES1500F

16.113

16.755

17.397

18.038 18.680 19.963

21.247

-

1.720

1.846

1.973

2.099

2.225

2.352

LPES1500R3

11.000

11.072

11.143

11.214

11.286

11.428

11.571

LPES300R3

0.351

0.365

0.379

0.393

0.407

0.421

LPES1500R4

8.547

8.587

8.627

8.667

8.708

8.788

8.868

LPES300R4

0.247

0.255

0.263

0.271

0.279

0.287

LPES1500R5

8.065

8.090

8.116

8.142

8.167

8.219

8.270

LPES300R5

0.199

0.204

0.209

0.214

0.219

0.224

LPES1500R7

7.469

7.482

7.495

7.508

7.521

7.547

7.574

0.165

0.168

0.170

0.173

0.175

0.178

LPES1500R9

7.239

7.247

7.255

7.263

7.271

7.286

7.302

LPES1500RA

7.191

7.198

7.204

7.210

7.217

7.230

7.242

LPES300R7

-

160

LPES300R9

0.151

0.153

0.154

0.156

0.157

0.159

LPES300RA

0.147

0.148

0.150

0.151

0.152

0.154 0.871

LPES300R3

0.801

0.815

0.829

0.843

0.857

LPES300R4

0.587

0.595

0.603

0.611

0.619

0.627

LPES300R5

0.539

0.544

0.549

0.554

0.559

0.564

LPES300R7

220

0.485

0.488

0.490

0.493

0.495

0.498

LPES300R9

0.461

0.463

0.464

0.466

0.467

0.469

LPES300RA

0.457

0.458

0.460

0.461

0.462

0.464

400

5IFNPNFOUPGJOFSUJBEPFTOPUJODMVEFUIFNPNFOUPGJOFSUJBPGUIFTFSWPNPUPS

)VHULHV

LPES300F

Power Cylinder

LPES15F

Inertia moment X10- 4 kg・m 2

2SHUDWLQJIUHTXHQF\DQGGXW\IDFWRU 5IFXPSLJOHUJNFSBUFTIPXTBSBUFPGPQFSBUJOHUJNFQFSNJOVUFTPOB /VNCFSPGDZDMFT UJNFTNJO NJOVUFCBTJT ％&% 8PSLJOHUJNFSBUF 5IFXPSLJOHUJNFSBUFJTDBMDVMBUFEXJUIUIFSJHIUGPSNVMB 5IFBMMPXBCMFDZDMFOVNCFSPGUIF&DPTFSJFTTFSWPUZQFJT operating time of a cycle EFUFSNJOFEEFQFOEJOHPOIFBUJOHPGUIFNPUPSBOEIFBUJOH Working time rate（%ED）＝ ×100 PGUIFCBMMTDSFXBOECFBSJOHQBSU*UWBSJFTEFQFOEJOHPO operating time of a cycle + dwell time UIFTUSPLFBOEUISVTUJOVTF VTFUIFWBMVFTTQFDJmFEBCPWF BTBHVJEF"EEJUJPOBMMZ UIFMJGFPGUIFDZMJOEFSJTOPU DPOTJEFSFEGPSUIFWBMVFT

*VHULHV

Reducer frame No.

7VHULHV

Model No.

(FRVHULHV

,QSXWVKDIWFRQYHUVLRQLQHUWLDPRPHQW

/LIH ([SHFWHGWUDYHOLQJGLVWDQFH 0XOWLVHULHV

5IFMJGFPGUIFCBMMTDSFXWBSJFTEFQFOEJOHPOQFFMJOHEVFUPGBUJHVFPGUIFSPMMJOHTVSGBDF $IFDLUIFBQQSPYJNBUFMJGFXJUIUIJTFYQFDUFEUSBWFMJOHEJTUBODFHSBQI)PXFWFS XIFO TIPDLTBSFGSFRVFOUMZBQQMJFE BOEXIFOBQQSPQSJBUFMVCSJDBUJPOPSNBJOUFOBODFBSFOPU QSPWJEFE UIFFYQFDUFEUSBWFMJOHEJTUBODFCFDPNFTDPOTJEFSBCMZTIPSUFS

100000 LPES15

LPES30

LPES300

LPES1500

LPES150

Expected traveling distance（km）＝ actual load stroke（m）×operation frequency (times/day)×operating number of days/year×10-3 ×expected number of years

0LQLVHULHV

10000 /RDG1

5IFHSBQIBUUIFSJHIUJTPOBO-MJGFCBTJT 5IF-MJGFNFBOTUIFMJGFUIBUDBOCFSFBDIFECZPSNPSFPGBMMJTTIPXOBTUSBWFMJOH EJTUBODF 8IFOTFMFDUJOHBQPXFSDZMJOEFSCBTFEPOUIFMJGF TFMFDUUIFNPEFM/PGSPNUIJTHSBQI 'PSFYBNQMF JGUIFFYQFDUFEUSBWFMJOHEJTUBODFJTLNBOEUIFBDUVBMMPBEJT/ LHG

UIFSFRVJSFEQPXFSDZMJOEFSJT-1&4 4FMFDUUIFTFSWPNPUPSDBQBDJUZGSPNUIFNPUPSNBUDIJOHUBCMFBTUIFBDUVBMMPBEUISVTUHFOFSBUFE

1000

1. FRVJWBMFOUMPBE/ 1.*/ NJOJNVNMPBE/ 1."9NBYJNVNMPBE/

PM ＝

,QTXLU\)RUP

*GUIFMPBEnVDUVBUFTHSFBUMZJOUIFNJEEMFPGTUSPLF DBMDVMBUFUIFFRVJWBMFOUMPBE 1. CZUIF GPMMPXJOHFRVBUJPO"MTP XJUI-1&4BOECFMPX UIFFYQFDUFEUSBWFMJOHEJTUBODFCFDPNFT LNPSMPOHFS PMIN＋2×PMAX 3

100 10

100

1000

10000

([SHFWHGWUDYHOLQJGLVWDQFHNP

18

&DOFXODWLRQVLWHIRUVLPSOHVHOHFWLRQ Model No. corresponding required specifications is selected on the website. HOME > Power Transmission Products > Linear Actuator > Actuator > Power Cylinder > Eco Series (Servo Type) http://tsubakimoto.com/power-transmission/linear-actuator/electro-mechanical/power-cylinder/servo/

❶ Click

HOME > Sizing > Power Cylinder Eco Series Servo Type https://tt-net.tsubakimoto.co.jp/tecs/calc/sad/lpe/calc_lpes.asp?lang=en

❷ Click

19

Input necessary conditions and execute selection.

●J4 series HG-KR/HG-MR ●J3 series HF-KP/HF-MP ●J2-Super series HC-KFS/HC-MFS Motor capacity kW

Power cylinder model No.

HG-KR053(B) HG-MR053(B) LPES15F HF-KP053(B) 0.05 HF-MP053(B) HC-KFS053(B) LPES30R HC-MFS053(B) HG-KR13(B) LPES15F HG-MR13(B) LPES30F HF-KP13(B) 0.1 HF-MP13(B) LPES30R HC-KFS13(B) LPES150R HC-MFS13(B) HG-KR23(B) LPES30F HG-MR23(B) HF-KP23(B) 0.2 LPES150R HF-MP23(B) HC-KFS23(B) LPES300R HC-MFS23(B) HG-KR43(B) HG-MR43(B) LPES150R HF-KP43(B) 0.4 HF-MP43(B) HC-KFS43(B) LPES300R HC-MFS43(B) HG-KR73(B) LPES150F HG-MR73(B) HF-KP73(B) 0.75 LPES300R HF-MP73(B) HC-KFS73(B) LPES1500R HC-MFS73(B)

Mount code

Reduction gear ratio Motor direct coupling 3 4 5 7 9 10 Reducer frame Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed No. N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s

B3D

-

B3D

120

40

300

B3D

-

150

300

B3D

-

190

300

130

100

220

75

290

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

B3D

120

B3D

160

E4H

-

E4H

160

E4H

160

E4H

160

1500

100

1500

75

E4H

160

2200

100

3000

G5L

-

G5L

220

3000

100

G5L

220

1600

167

300

43

300

33

300

30

310

43

550

33

810

30

300 600

1200

300

100

1100

75

1500

60

1500

43

1500

33

1500

30

1300

60

2100

43

3000

33

3000

30

75

3000

60

3000

43

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9800

50

)VHULHV

Motor type

Power Cylinder

■Motors manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric

(FRVHULHV

6HUYRPRWRUPDWFKLQJWDEOH

300

LPES300F LPES1500R LPES300F LPES1500R

K3Y K3Y K3Y K3Y

220 220

LPES1500F

K3Y

-

LPES1500R

K3Y

220

LPES1500F

L3R

-

LPES1500R

L1R

400

2

LPES1500F

L3R

-

8900

167

3

LPES1500F

L3R

-

14300

167

LPES300R

K3Y

220

3000

67

3000

50

LPES1500R

K3Y

220

1600

111

2900

LPES300F LPES1500R LPES300F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R

K3Y K3Y K3Y K3Y K3Y K3Y K3Y K3Y L3R L1R L3R L1R

220 220 220 220 400 400

3000

200 5700

111

3000

200 5600

2000

333

2000

333

3300

333

3300

333

LPES1500F

L3R

-

7400

333

LPES1500R

L1R

400

5

LPES1500F

L3R

-

11500

333

7

LPES1500F

L3R

-

15000

333

LPES1500F LPES1500F LPES1500F LPES1500F LPES1500F

N1S N1S N1S N1S N1S

-

15000 15000 11500 15000 15000

250 250 333 333 333

0.5

HG-SR81(B) HF-SP81(B) HC-SFS81(B) HG-SR121(B) HF-SP121(B) HC-SFS121(B) HG-SR201(B) HF-SP201(B) HC-SFS201(B) HG-SR301(B) HF-SP301(B) HC-SFS301(B) HG-SR52(B) HF-SP52(B) HC-SFS52(B)

0.85

1.2

0.5

HG-SR102(B)

1

HF-SP102(B) HC-SFS102(B)

1

HG-SR152(B)

1.5

HF-SP152(B) HC-SFS152(B)

1.5

HG-SR202(B)

2

HF-SP202(B) HC-SFS202(B) HG-SR352(B) HF-SP352(B) HC-SFS352(B) HG-SR502(B) HF-SP502(B) HC-SFS502(B) HG-SR702(B) HF-SP702(B) HC-SFS702(B)

2 3.5

100

3000

100

2700

167

4600

5800

56

8300

42

11000

33

15000

24

15000

19

15000

17

5700

56

8200

42

10900

33

15000

24

15000

19

15000

17

11400

56

15000

42

15000

33

15000

56

83

4000

67

6300

48

8600

37

10000

33

8300

83

10800

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

33

111

8200

83

10700

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

33

9700

111

13700

83

15000

67

9700

111

13600

83

15000

67

11700

111

15000

83

11800

111

15000

83

15000

111

167

7VHULHV

HF-SP51(B)

3000

0XOWLVHULHV

0.5

0LQLVHULHV

HG-SR51(B)

*VHULHV

●J4 series HG-SR ●J3 series HF-SP ●J2-Super series HC-SFS

HA-LP701M(B) HA-LP701M4(B) HA-LP502 HA-LP702 HA-LP11K24(B)

7 7 5 7 11

* Gray-shaded areas show numerical values with precision planetary reducer. * Shaded thrusts generated require thrust limits. Make sure to use at the specified thrusts or less. * Shaded rated speeds require speed limits. Make sure to use at the specified speeds or less.

,QTXLU\)RUP

●J3 series HA-LP

20

6HUYRPRWRUPDWFKLQJWDEOH ■Motors manufactured by Yaskawa Electric ●∑Ⅴ series SGMJV/SGMAV ●∑Ⅱ series SGMAH Motor type

SGMAH-A3 SGMJV-A5 SGMAV-A5 SGMAH-A5 SGMJV-01 SGMAV-01 SGMAH-01 SGMJV-C2 SGMAV-C2 SGMJV-02 SGMAV-02 SGMAH-02

Motor capacity kW

120

B3D

120

LPES15F LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.15 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.2 LPES300R

B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D E4H

160 160 160

E4H

160

LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R

E4H E4H E4H

160 160 160

LPES300R

E4H

160

0.3 0.4

SGMAH-07 SGMJV-08 SGMAV-08 SGMAH-08 SGMAV-10

Reduction gear ratio 3 4 5 7 9 10 Motor direct coupling Reducer frame Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed No. N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s

B3B B3D

SGMJV-04 SGMAV-04 SGMAH-04

SGMJV-06

Mount code

0.03 LPES30R LPES15F 0.05 LPES30R

SGMAH-03

SGMAV-06


LPES150F 0.55 LPES300R LPES150F 0.6 LPES300R LPES150F 0.65 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES150F 0.75 LPES1500R

E4H E4H E4H E4H G5K G5K G5K G5L

LPES300F LPES1500R

G5L G5L

1

G5L

40

300

150 190

300 300

120 160 300

120

100

210

75

290

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

30

33

60

30

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

43

530

33

800

30

60

1300

43

1500 1600

33 33

1500 2100

30 30

2900

33

3000

30

300

590

630

300

780

300

930

300

160 160 160 220 1200

300

1800

300

220

100

1400

100

1500

550

75

1100

75

810 1500

60

1500

43

1300

60

2100

43

75 75 75

2800

60

3000

43

100

1500 2100 1500

2100

100

3000

75

3000

60

3000

43

3000

100

3000

100

3000

100 2000

125

3000

100

5000

71

7000

56

7900

50

1600

167

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

220

2900

167

4500

125

6100

100

9400

71

12600

56

14200

50

160 220

3000

50

3000 1900

38 63

2800

50

4600

36

6600

28

7500

25

●∑Ⅴ series SGMGV SGMGV-03 SGMGV-05 SGMGV-09 SGMGV-13 SGMGV-20 SGMGV-30 SGMGV-44 SGMGV-55

LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F 0.45 LPES1500R LPES300F 0.85 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.3 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.8 LPES1500R 2.9 LPES1500F 4.4 LPES1500F 5.5 LPES1500F 0.3

H1H H4H H2K H4K K3L K3L K3M K3M K3Y K3Y L3R L3R L2S

1700

150

3000

150

2700

250

4400

250

8500 14000 15000

250 250 250

220 220 220 220

2500

83

3900

63

5300

50

8100

36

11200

28

12600

25

6800

83

9600

63

12500

50

15000

36

15000

28

15000

25

11800

83

15000

63

15000

50

15000

83

590

100

1100

75

30 30

75

43 43 43 71

1500 3000

3000

1500 2100 3000 3100

33 33

100

60 60 60 100

1500 2900

2500

1500 1300 3000 1600

4500

56

5200

50

●∑Ⅴ series SGMZS (explosion-proof type) SGMZS-02 SGMZS-05 SGMZS-10 SGMZS-18 SGMZS30A2A SGMZS30A2B

LPES30F LPES150R LPES300R LPES300R 0.5 LPES1500R LPES300F 1 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F 1.8 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2.97 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2.96 LPES1500R 0.2

H1H H1H H1H J7Y J7Y J7Y J7Y J7Y J8Y J7Y M3P M3P M4P M4P

300

300

160 160 220 220 1800

300

220 220 3000

300

3300

333

5900

333

220 320 320

3000 2900

100 167

4500

125

6100

100

9400

71

12600

56

14200

50

7200

167

10300

125

13300

100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

12100

167

15000

125

15000

100

15000

111

15000

83

15000

67

* Gray-shaded areas show numerical values with precision planetary reducer. * Shaded thrusts generated require thrust limits. Make sure to use at the specified thrusts or less. * Shaded rated speeds require speed limits. Make sure to use at the specified speeds or less. * Mount codes may change with oil seal. Please contact us or check with the selection tool.

21

●MINAS A5 series MHMD/MSME/MSMD

MSME01 MSMD01 MHMD02 MSME02 MSMD02 MHMD04 MSME04 MSMD04 MHMD08 MSME08 MSMD08 MSME10 MSME15 MSME20 MSME30 MSME40 MSME50

0.05 0.1

0.2

0.4


Mount code


LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F LPES30R LPES30F LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R

B2D B2D B2D B2D B2D E3G E3G E3G E3H

160 160 160

LPES300R

E3H

160

LPES150F 0.75 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F 1 LPES1500R LPES300F 1.5 LPES1500R 2 LPES1500R LPES1500F 3 LPES1500R LPES1500F 4 LPES1500R 5 LPES1500F

G4L G4L G4L J5L J5L J5L J5L J5L K3M K3M K4Y K4Y K4Y

40

300

150 190

300 300

300

300

120

120

1200

130

100

220

75

290

60

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

100

300

75

300

60

600

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 3000

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

1500

100

1500

75

2200

100

3000

75

3000

60

3000

43

3000 1600

100 167

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9800

50

2900

167

4500

125

6100

100

9400

71

12600

56

14200

50

5600 8300

167 167

8100 11700

125 125

10600 15000

100 100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

13700

167

15000

125

15000

167

3600

111

5500

83

7300

67

11000

48

14600

37

15000

33

5600

111

8200

83

10700

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

33

5700

111

8300

83

10800

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

33

9700

111

13600

83

15000

67

13700

111

15000

83

15000

111

15000

83

15000

67

15000

111

3000

67

3000 1700

50 83

3000 2600

40 67

4300

48

6100

37

7100

33

300

220 220 1800

300

3000

300

220 220 220 3300

333

5100

333

6900

333

220 220

K3L K3L K3M K3M K3M K3M K3M K3M K3M K3M K4Y K4Y K4Y K4Y M3P L1R M3P L1R L1R L1R

7.5

LPES1500F

L2S

0.75

MDME10

1

MDMA10

1

MDME15 MDMA15 MDME20 MDMA20 MDMA25 MDME30 MDMA30 MDMA35 MDME40 MDMA40 MDMA45 MDME50 MDMA50 MDME75 MDMA75

1.5 2 2.5 3

2100

200

3000

200

3000

200

2000

333

3300

333

4600

333

6000

333

7300 8700 8600 10000 11500 11400

333 333 333 333 333 333

15000

250

220 220 220 220 220 220 220

7VHULHV

3.5 4 4 4.5 5 5

LPES300F LPES1500R LPES300F LPES1500R LPES300F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500F LPES1500F LPES1500F LPES1500F LPES1500F

MDMA08

*VHULHV

●MINAS A5 series MDME ●MINAS A4 series MDMA

(FRVHULHV

MSME5A MSMD5A

Motor capacity kW

)VHULHV

Motor type

Power Cylinder

■Motors manufactured by Panasonic

MFME15 MFMA15 MFME25 MFMA25 MFMA35 MFME45 MFMA45

K3L K3L L1M L1M L1R L1R P2R P2R P2R P2R P2R P2R P3R P3R

220 220 2100

200

2000

333

4700

333

4600

333

7300

333

10100 10100

333 333

220 400 400 400 400

3600

111

5500

83

7300

67

11000

48

14600

37

15000

33

7700

111

11100

83

14300

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

33

15000

111

15000

83

15000

67

15000

111

15000

83

15000

67

15000

111

15000

83


0LQLVHULHV

MFMA08

LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F 0.75 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.5 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2.5 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2.5 LPES1500R LPES1500F 3.5 LPES1500R LPES1500F 4.5 LPES1500F 0.4

,QTXLU\)RUP

MFMA04

0XOWLVHULHV

●MINAS A5 series MFME ●MINAS A4 series MFMA

22

6HUYRPRWRUPDWFKLQJWDEOH ■Motors manufactured by Fuji Electric ●ALPHA 5 series GYS ●FALDIC-α series GYS Power cylinder model No.

Mount code

LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F GYS101D5 0.1 GYS101DC LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F GYS201D5 0.2 LPES150R GYS201DC LPES300R LPES150R GYS401D5-□□6 0.375 GYS371DC LPES300R LPES150R GYS401D5-□□2 0.4 GYS401DC LPES300R LPES150F GYS751D5 0.75 LPES300R GYS751DC LPES1500R LPES300F GYS102D 1 LPES1500R LPES300F GYS152D 1.5 LPES1500R LPES1500F GYS202D 2 LPES1500R LPES1500F GYS302D 3 LPES1500R LPES1500F GYS402D 4 LPES1500R GYS502D 5 LPES1500F

B3B B3B B3D B3D B3D B3D E4H E4H E4H E4H E4H E4H E4H G5K G5K G5K J4Y J4Y J4Y J4Y J4Y J4Y K4P K4P K4P K4P K4P

Motor type

GYS500D5 GYS500DC

Motor capacity kW

0.05


40

300

150 190

300 300

120

120 160 300

100

210

75

290

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

43

530

33

800

30

1500 3000

30 30

300

160 160 160 160 160 160 1200

120

590

100

1100

75

1500 1300 1500 3000

60 60 60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2900

33 33

1500 1800 1500 2100

100 100 100 100

1500 2900 1500 3000

75 75 75 75

3000

43

3000

33

3000

60

3000

43

3000 1600

100 167

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

2900

167

4500

125

6100

100

9400

71

12600

56

14200

50

5600

167

8100

125

10600

100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

8300

167

11700

125

15000

100

12300

167

15000

125

15000

167

300

100

300

75

300

60 300

43

530

33

800

30

300

160 220 1800

300

3000

300

1500

333

3300

333

5100

333

6900

333

220 220 220 320 320

●ALPHA 5 series GYC ●FALDIC-α series GYC GYC101D5 GYC101DC GYC201D5 GYC201DC GYC401D5 GYC401DC GYC751D5 GYC751DC GYC102D5 GYC102DC GYC152D5 GYC152DC GYC202D5 GYC202DC

LPES30F LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300R 0.75 LPES1500R LPES300F 1 LPES1500R LPES300F 1.5 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2 LPES1500R 0.1

E5D E4D E4D G2H G5H G5H G5H G5H G5H J2K J2K K3Y K3Y K3Y K3Y K3Y K3Y

190

300

120 160 300

300

160 160 160 160 220 160 220 1800

300

3000

300

1500

333

220 220 220

590

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2900

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

1500 2100

100 100

1500 3000

75 75

3000

60

3000 1900

43 71

3000 1600

100 167

2900

56

3400

50

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

2900

167

4500

125

6100

100

9400

71

12600

56

14200

50

5600

167

8100

125

10600

100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

8300

167

11700

125

15000

100

3000 1600

67 111

3000 2800

50 83

4000

67

6300

48

8600

37

9900

33

3000 3000

50 83

4600

63

6200

50

9400

36

12800

28

14400

25

3600

111

5500

83

7400

67

11000

48

14600

37

15000

33

6800

83

9700

63

12500

50

15000

36

15000

28

15000

25

5600

111

8200

83

10700

67

15000

48

15000

37

11700

83

15000

63

15000

50

9700

111

13600

83

15000

67

13700

111

15000

83

15000

83

15000

63

15000

50

●ALPHA 5 series GYG ●FALDIC-W series GYG GYG501C GYG501B GYG751C GYG851B GYG102C GYG132B GYG152C GYG202C GYG182BC GYG292BC

LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F 0.5 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F 0.75 LPES1500R LPES300F 0.85 LPES1500R LPES300F 1 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.3 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.5 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.8 LPES1500R 2.9 LPES1500F 0.5

K3L K3L K3L K3L K3L K3L K3L K3L K3L K3M K3M K3M K3M K3M K3M K3M K3M L3R L1R L3R

220 220 2000

150

220 220 2200

200

3000

150

3000

200

2600

250

2000

333

3300

333

4400

250

8400

250

220 220 220 220 220 220 400


23

Mount code

LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F R88M-K10030L (S) 0.1 R88M-K10030H (T) LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F R88M-K20030L (S) 0.2 LPES150R R88M-K20030H (T) LPES300R LPES150R R88M-K40030L (S) 0.4 R88M-K40030H (T) LPES300R LPES300R R88M-K40020F (C) 0.4 LPES1500R LPES300F R88M-K60020F (C) 0.6 LPES1500R LPES150F R88M-K75030H (T) 0.75 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300R R88M-K75030F (C) 0.75 LPES1500R LPES1500F R88M-K90010H (T) 0.9 R88M-K90010F (C) LPES1500R LPES300F R88M-K1K030H (T) 1 R88M-K1K030F (C) LPES1500R LPES300F R88M-K1K020H (T) 1 R88M-K1K020F(C) LPES1500R LPES300F R88M-K1K530H (T) 1.5 R88M-K1K530F(C) LPES1500R LPES1500F R88M-K1K520H (T) 1.5 R88M-K1K520F(C) LPES1500R R88M-K2K030H (T) 2 LPES1500R R88M-K2K030F (C) LPES1500F R88M-K2K020H (T) 2 R88M-K2K020F (C) LPES1500R LPES1500F R88M-K2K010H (T) 2 R88M-K2K010F (C) LPES1500R LPES1500F R88M-K3K030H (T) 3 R88M-K3K030F (C) LPES1500R LPES1500F R88M-K3K020H (T) 3 R88M-K3K020F (C) LPES1500R R88M-K3K010H (T) 3 LPES1500F R88M-K3K010F (C)

B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D E3G E3G E3G E3H E3H J4L J4L J5L J4L G4L G4L G4L J4L J4L K7M K3M J5L J4L K3M K3M J5L J4L K3M K3M

4

LPES1500F LPES1500R

K4Y K4Y

4

LPES1500F

5 5

R88M-K05030H (T) 0.05

R88M-K4K030H (T) R88M-K4K030F (C) R88M-K4K020H (T) R88M-K4K020F (C) R88M-K5K030H (T) R88M-K5K030F (C) R88M-K5K020H (T) R88M-K5K020F (C)

J4L K3M K3M L3R L1R K3M K3M K4Y K4Y


40

300

150 190

300 300

120

120 160 300

130

100

220

75

290

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

43

300

33

300

30

310

43

550

33

810

30

1500 3000

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

300

160 160 160 160 220 220 1500

200

1200

300

220 220 220 220 220 3000

167

1800

300

3000

200

3000

300

2000

333

220 220 220 220

600

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2200 3000

100 100 67

1500 3000 3000 1800

75 75 50 83

3000 3000 2600

60 40 67

3000

43

4400

48

6100

37

7200

33

2400

111

3900

83

5300

67

8100

48

11000

37

12600

33

3000 1600 3000 1600

100 167 100 167

2700 3000 2700

125 75 125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9800

50

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

12200

56

15000

42

15000

33

15000

24

2900

167

4500

125

6100

100

9400

71

12600

56

14200

50

5600

111

8200

83

10700

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

33

5600

167

8100

125

10600

100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

30

33

60

30

220

9700

111

13600

83

15000

67

220

8300

167

11700

125

15000

100

13700

111

15000

83

15000

56

13700

167

15000

125

15000

111

15000

167

3300

333

8900

167

3300

333

6000

333

14400

167

5100

333

L1R

8700

333

LPES1500F

K4Y

6900

333

LPES1500F

L1R

11500

333

0.03 LPES30R LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES150F 0.75 LPES300R LPES1500R

B3B B3B B3B B3D B3D B3D B3D E4H E4H E4H E4H E4H G5K G5K G5K

40

300

150 190

300 300

220 400 220 220

L3R

300

220

Power Cylinder


*VHULHV

Motor capacity kW

7VHULHV

Motor type

(FRVHULHV

●R88M-K series

)VHULHV

■Motors manufactured by Omron

R7M-A10030 R7M-Z10030-S1 R7M-A20030 R7M-Z20030-S1 R7M-A40030 R7M-Z40030-S1 R7M-A75030 R7M-Z75030-S1

0.05

120 120

120 160 300

160 220

100

210

75

290

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

43

530

33

800

30

1500 2900

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

8600

56

9700

50

300

160 160 160 160 1200

120

590

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2100

100 100

1500 3000

75 75

3000

60

3000

43

3000 1600

100 167

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

300


0LQLVHULHV

R7M-A05030

,QTXLU\)RUP

R7M-A03030

0XOWLVHULHV

●R7M-A/Z series

24

6HUYRPRWRUPDWFKLQJWDEOH ■Motors manufactured by Sanyo Denki ●R2 series Motor type

R2AA04003F R2EA04003F R2AA04005F R2EA04005F R2EA04008F

R2AA04010F

R2AA06010F R2AA06020F R2EA06020F R2AA08020F R2AA06040F R2AA08040F

R2AA08075F

Motor capacity kW


Mount code

0.03 LPES30R

B4B

LPES15F 0.05 LPES30R LPES15F 0.08 LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES150F 0.75 LPES300R LPES1500R

B3D B4D B3D B4D B3D B3D B4D B3D E5D E4D E4D E4H E4H E4H G2H G5H G5H E4H E4H G5H G5H G5H G5K G5K G5K

LPES300F LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES300F LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500F

J4M J4M J4M K6M K6M K6M J4M J4M J4M J4M K6M K6M K6M J4M J4M K6P K6P K3P K3P K3P K3P L1R K3P

LPES300 LPES1500 LPES300 LPES1500 LPES300 LPES1500 LPES300 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500 LPES1500

H1K H1K H1K H1K J4M J4M K3M K3M J4M J4M K3M K3M K3P K3P L1R L1R P2R P2R L1R L1R P2R


120 40

300

130

300

150 190

300 300

120 120

120 160 190

120

100

210

75

290

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

300

33

90

30

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

43

530

33

800

30

100

300

75

300

300

43

530

33

800

30

60

590

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2900

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

590

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2900

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

1500 2100 1500 2100

100 100 100 100

1500 3000 1500 3000

75 75 75 75

3000

60

3000

43

3000

60

3000 1900

43 71

2900

56

3400

50

300

160 160 160 160 160 160 220 1200

50

300

160 160 300

43

300

120 160 300

30

300

160 220

3000 1600

100 167

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

3000 2900

100 167

4500

125

6100

100

9500

71

12700

56

14300

50

3000 2900

100 167

4500

125

6100

100

9500

71

12700

56

14300

50

5700

167

8200

125

10700

100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

8300

167

11700

125

15000

100

8300

167

11700

125

15000

100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

11000

167

15000

125

12400

167

15000

125

12200

167

15000

125

15000

100

15000

71

15000

167

3000 1600

67 111

2900

83

4000

67

6300

48

8600

37

10000

33

2900

167

4500

125

6100

100

9400

71

12600

56

14200

50

6000

111

8700

83

11400

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

33

6000

111

8700

83

11400

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

33

9700

111

13700

83

15000

67

10200

111

14400

83

15000

67

12300

111

15000

83

11700

111

15000

83

15000

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

111

15000

83

15000

67

15000

111

●Q1 series Q1AA10100D

1

Q1AA12100D

1

Q1AA10150D

1.5

Q1AA10200D

2

Q1AA12200D

2

Q1AA10250D

2.5

Q1AA12300D

3

Q1AA13300D

3

Q1AA13400D

4

Q1AA18450M Q1AA13500D

4.5 5

1800

300

220 220 1800

300

220 220 3000

300

1500

333

3000 1500

300 333

2400

333

3400

333

3300

333

5100

333

14100 6800

250 333

220 220

220 220 320 320 320

●Q2 series Q2CA08050H

0.5

Q2AA08100D

1

Q2AA10100H Q2CA10100H

1

Q2AA13100H

1

Q2AA10150H

1.5

Q2AA13150H Q2CA13150H Q2AA13200H Q2CA13200H

1.5 2

Q2AA18200H

2

Q2AA22250H

2.5

Q2AA18350H Q2CA18350H Q2AA22350H Q2AA18450H Q2CA18450H Q2AA22450R Q2AA18550R Q2AA18550H

3.5 3.5

160 220 1800

300

3000

200

3000

200

2000

333

2200

333

3300

333

3300

333

4700

333

7400

333

7600

333

220 220 220 220 220 320 400 400 400

4.5

LPES1500

L1R

10100

333

4.5

LPES1500

P2R

10100

333

5.5

LPES1500

L3S

15000

250


25

●α is series (straight shaft) Reduction gear ratio Motor direct coupling 3 4 5 7 9 10 Reducer frame Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed Thrust generated Rated speed No. N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s N mm/s


Mount code

LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F LPES1500R

H1F H4F H1F H4F Z9Z H1H

220

4300

167

6400

125

8400

100

2.2

LPES1500R

K3L

220

11100

167

15000

125

15000

100

2.3

LPES1500R

K3L

220

11100

167

15000

125

15000

100

15000

71

2.5

LPES1500R

K3L

220

11100

167

15000

125

15000

100

15000

71


Z9Z K3Y Z9Z K3Y

15000

167

15000

125

15000

100

15000

167

15000

125

15000

100

LPES1500F

1500 1600

100 100

1500 2500

75 75

1500 3000

60 60

3000

3000

100

3000 1800

75 125

2800

100

2.7

3000

100

3000 1800 3000 1800

75 125 75 125

2800

100

4700

71

6600

56

7500

50

2800

100

4700

71

6600

56

7500

50

12700

71

15000

56

15000

50

15000

71

43

3000 1500

33 56

3000 1900

30 50

4700

71

6600

56

7500

50

15000

56

15000

50

300

4700

333

4700

333

Z9Z

10400

333

220 220

(FRVHULHV

2.5

2600

100

LPES1500F

Z9Z

10400

333

5

LPES1500F

Z9Z

15000

333

5.5

LPES1500F

Z9Z

14900

333

5.5

LPES1500F

Z9Z

15000

333

)VHULHV

4.5

●α iF series (straight shaft) αiF 1/5000 (straight shaft) αiF 2/5000 (straight shaft) αiF 4/4000 (straight shaft) αiF 4/4000 HV (straight shaft) αiF 8/3000 (HV) (straight shaft) αiF 12/3000 (HV) (straight shaft) αiF 22/3000 (HV) (straight shaft) αiF 40/3000 (straight shaft) αiF 30/3000 (straight shaft)

LPES150R LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300R 0.75 LPES1500R 0.5

H1F H1F H4F H1F H4F

160 160 220 160 220 2700

LPES300F

Z9Z

LPES1500R

K3L

220 220

300

1.4 1.6

LPES1500R

K3L

3

LPES1500F LPES1500R

Z9Z L1R

4

LPES1500F

6 7

4700

333

Z9Z

10400

333

LPES1500F

Z9Z

15000

333

LPES1500F

Z9Z

14900

333

40

300

150 190

300 300

400

4300

167

6400

125

8400

100

12700

71

11100

167

15000

125

15000

100

15000

71

15000

167

130

100

220

75

290

60

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

100

300

75

300

60 310

43

550

33

810

30

●β is series (straight shaft) βiS 0.2/5000 (straight shaft) βiS 0.3/5000 (straight shaft) βiS 0.4/5000 (straight shaft) βiS 0.5/6000 (straight shaft) βiS 1/5000 (straight shaft) βiS 1/6000 (straight shaft) βiS 2/4000 (HV) (straight shaft) βiS 4/4000 (HV) (straight shaft) βiS 8/3000 (HV) (straight shaft) βiS 12/2000 (straight shaft) βiS 22/1500 (straight shaft) βiS 12/3000 (HV) (straight shaft) βiS 22/2000 (HV) (straight shaft)

LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.13 LPES150R LPES300R LPES30F 0.35 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES150R 0.5 LPES300R LPES300R 0.5 LPES1500R LPES300F 0.75 LPES1500R LPES300F 1.2 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.4 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.4 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.8 LPES1500R

Z9Z B4D Z9Z Z9Z B4D B3D Z9Z E4E E4E Z9Z E4E E4E E4H E4H E4H E4H H1F H4F Z9Z H1H Z9Z K3L Z9Z K3Y Z9Z L1R Z9Z K3Y

2.5

Z9Z

0.05

LPES1500F

120

120 160 270

300

160 160 300

*VHULHV

1

3000

7VHULHV

1

160 220 160 220

450

60

840

43

1200

33

1500 1500

30 30

1500 1300 1500 3000

60 60 60 60

1500 2200

43 43

1500 3000

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

3000

43

3000

33

3000

60

3000

43

2800

100

4700

71

6600

56

7500

50

15000

50

300

160 160 160 160 160 160 160 220 2100

300

3000

200

3900

333

9200

200

4200

333

9200

333

220 220 220 400 220

630

100

1200

75

1500 1900 1500 2100 3000

100 100 100 100 100

1500 3000 1500 3000 3000 1800

75 75 75 75 75 125

3500

167

5200

125

7000

100

10700

71

14200

56

9400

111

13300

83

15000

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

111

15000

83

15000

67

15000

67

15000

111

15000

83


0XOWLVHULHV

0.75

0LQLVHULHV

αiS 2/5000 (HV) (straight shaft) αiS 2/6000 (HV) (straight shaft) αiS 4/5000 (HV) (straight shaft) αiS 8/6000 (HV) (straight shaft) αiS 8/4000 HV (straight shaft) αiS 8/4000 (straight shaft) αiS 12/4000 HV (straight shaft) αiS 12/4000 (straight shaft) αiS 22/4000 (straight shaft) αiS 22/4000 HV (straight shaft) αiS 50/3000 (HV) (straight shaft) αiS 30/4000 (HV) (straight shaft) αiS 40/4000 (HV) (straight shaft)

Motor capacity kW

,QTXLU\)RUP

Motor type

Power Cylinder

■Motors manufactured by FANUC

26

6HUYRPRWRUPDWFKLQJWDEOH ■Motors manufactured by Keyence ●MV series Power cylinder model No.

Mount code

LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F MV-M10 (B10) 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F MV-M20 (B20) 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R MV-M40 (B40) 0.4 LPES300R LPES150F MV-M75 (B75) 0.75 LPES300R LPES1500R

B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D E4H E4H E4H E4H E4H G4K G4K G4K

Motor type

Motor capacity kW

MV-M05 (B05) 0.05


40

300

150 190

300 300

120

120 160 300

100

210

75

290

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

43

530

33

800

30

1500 2900

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

300

160 160 160 160 1200

120

590

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2100

100 100

1500 3000

75 75

3000

60

3000

43

3000 1600

100 167

2700

125

3800

100

6200

71

8500

56

9700

50

120

100

210

75

290

60

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

100

300

75

300

60 300

43

530

33

800

30

1500 2900

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

300

160 220

●SV series SV-M005 (B005) SV-M010 (B010) SV-M020 (B020) SV-M040 (B040) SV-M075 (B075) SV-M100A (B100A) SV-M150A (B150A) SV-M200A (B200A) SV-M300A (B300A) SV-M500A (B500A)

LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES150F 0.75 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F 0.85 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.3 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.8 LPES1500R

B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D E4H E4H E4H E4H E4H G5L G5L G5L K3L K3L K3M K3M K3Y K3Y

2.9

LPES1500F

4.4

LPES1500F

0.05

40

300

150 190

300 300

120

120 160 300

300

160 160 160 160 1200

590

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2100

100 100

1500 3000

75 75

3000

60

3000

43

3000 1600

100 167

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

6800

83

9600

63

12500

50

15000

36

15000

28

15000

25

11800

83

15000

63

15000

50

15000

83

300

220 220 3000

150

2700

250

4400

250

L3R

8500

250

L3R

14000

250

220 220 220


27

●NA100 series

1.2

LPES1500F LPES1500R

K4Z Z9P

1.9

LPES1500F

L1Z

2.2

LPES1500F LPES1500R

K4Z Z9P

2.8

LPES1500F

3.7


4600

167

8400

167

3900

333

Z9Z

13300

167

LPES1500F

Z9Z

15000

167


L1Z Z9P K4Z Z9P

8000

333

2900

333

5.5

LPES1500F

Z9Z

12800

333

5.5

LPES1500F LPES1500R

L1Z Z9P

5400

333

7.5

LPES1500F

Z9Z

15000

333

7.5

LPES1500F

Z9Z

8100

333

11

LPES1500F

Z9Z

12800

333

LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES150F 0.6 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES150F 0.75 LPES1500R LPES300F 1.6 LPES1500R LPES1500F 3.3 LPES1500R LPES1500F 4 LPES1500R 6 LPES1500F 7.5 LPES1500F

B3D Z9D B3D B3D Z9D Z9D E4H Z9H Z9H Z9H Z9H G7L Z9L Z9L G7L Z9L K2M Z9M K2M Z9M L1Q Z9Q L1Q L1Q

40

300

150 190

300 300

NA100110F(B)-10 NA100180F(B)-10 NA100110F(B) NA100270F(B)-10 NA100370F(B)-10 NA100180F(B) NA100110F-40 NA100270F(B) NA100180F-40 NA100370F(B) NA100370AF(B) NA100270F-40 NA100370F-40

3.7 3.7

320

320

320 320

320

15000

56

15000

42

15000

33

13900

111

15000

83

15000

67

15000

48

15000

111

11000

167

15000

125

15000

100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

167

120

100

210

75

290

60

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

100

300

75

300

60 300

43

530

33

800

30

1500 3000

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

(FRVHULHV

Mount code

)VHULHV


●NA80 series NA80-05

NA80-10

NA80-20 NA80-40 NA80-60 NA80-75 NA830-162 NA830-332 NA820-402 NA820-602 NA820-752

0.05

120

120 160 300

300

160 160 160 160 780

600

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2100

100 100

1500 3000

75 75

3000

60

3000

43

3000

100 1600

125

2500

100

4400

71

6100

56

7000

50

300

220 220 1200

300

3000

300

3900

333

8700

333

14100 15000

333 333

220 220 220 320

1600

167

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

6200

167

8800

125

11500

100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

15000

167

15000

125

15000

100

15000

111

*VHULHV

Motor capacity kW

7VHULHV

Motor type

Power Cylinder

■Motors manufactured by Nikki Denso

,QTXLU\)RUP

0LQLVHULHV

0XOWLVHULHV


28

6HUYRPRWRUPDWFKLQJWDEOH ■Motors manufactured by Tamagawa Seiki ●TBL-i Ⅱseries Motor type

TS4601 TS4602

TS4603

TS4606

TS4607

TS4611 TS4609 TS4612

TS4613 TS4614 TS4813 TS4815 TS4833 TS4817 TS4882 TS4836 TS4884 TS4839 TS4887 TS4889

Motor capacity kW



Mount code

0.03 LPES30R LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES150F 0.6 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES150F 0.75 LPES1500R LPES300F 1 LPES1500R LPES300F 1.5 LPES1500R 1.6 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2 LPES1500R LPES1500F 3.3 LPES1500R LPES1500F 4 LPES1500R 5 LPES1500F 6 LPES1500F 7.5 LPES1500F

B4D B3D B4D B3D B3D B4D B3D E5D E4D E4D E4H E4H E4H G2H G5H G5H E4H E4H G5H G5H G5H G7L G5L G5L G7L G5L J2M J4M J2M J4M K3M J2M J4M L1Q L1Q K2M K3M L1Q L1Q K2Z L1Q L1Q

0.03 LPES30R

B2C

120

0.06 LPES30R

E2D

120

E2D E2D E2D G1Z G1Z G1Z

120 160 160 160

0.05

120 40

300

150 190

300 300

120

120 160 190

120

100

210

75

290

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

300

30

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

43

530

33

800

30

100

300

75

300

300

43

530

33

800

30

60

600

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 3000

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

600

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 3000

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

1500 2100 1500 2100

100 100 100 100

1500 3000 1500 3000

75 75 75 75

3000

60

3000

43

3000

60

3000 1900

43 71

2900

56

3400

50

300

160 160 160 160 160 160 220 780

60

300

160 160 300

33

300

120 160 300

30

300

220 220

3000 1200

300

1900

300

3000

300

220 220 220 220 1800

333

3300

333

3900

333

8700

333

6900 14100 15000

333 333 333

220 320 220 320

100 1600

125

2500

100

4400

71

6100

56

7000

50

1600

167

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

3100

167

4800

125

6400

100

9900

71

13200

56

14900

50

5700 6200

167 167

8200 8800

125 125

10700 11500

100 100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

9100

167

12700

125

15000

100

12000

111

15000

83

15000

67

15000

48

15000

167

15000

125

15000

111

30

43

50

33

90

30

300

43

300

33

300

30

300

43

540

33

810

30

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2900

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

●TRE series TS3253 TS3353 TS1983 TS3252 TS3352 TS1982 TS3251 TS3351 TS1981 TS3250 TS3350 TS1980

0.1

0.2

LPES30F LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F LPES150R LPES300R

190

300

210

100

300

100

300

75

60

300 590

100

1100

75


29

300

300

1500 1300

60 60

●ADMA series

ADMA-02L ADMA-02M ADMA-04L ADMA-04M ADMA-08L ADMA-10L ADMA-15L ADMA-20L ADMA-30L ADMA-50L

Mount code

LPES15F LPES30R LPES15F LPES30F 0.1 LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES150F 0.75 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F 1 LPES1500R LPES300F 1.5 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2 LPES1500R LPES1500F 3 LPES1500R LPES1500F 5 LPES1500R

B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D B3D E4H E4H E4H E4H E4H G5L G5L G5L H2Y H1Y H2Y H1Y H2Y H1Y K4P K4P K4P K4P

0.05


40

300

150 190

300 300

120

120 160 300

100

220

75

290

60

300

100

300

75

300

60

300

43

300

33

300

30

310

43

550

33

810

30

1500 3000

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

300

160 160 160 160 1200

130

600

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 2100

100 100

1500 3000

75 75

3000

60

3000

43

3000 1600

100 167

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

2900

167

4500

125

6100

100

9400

71

12600

56

14200

50

5600

167

8100

125

10600

100

15000

71

15000

56

15000

50

8300

167

11700

125

15000

100

12300

167

15000

125

15000

167

300

100

300

75

300

60 310

43

550

33

810

30

300

220 220 1800

300

3000

300

1500

333

3300

333

6900

333

220 220 220 320 320

●ADMB series ADMB-01L ADMB-01M ADMB-02L ADMB-02M ADMB-04L ADMB-04M ADMB-08L ADMB-10L

LPES30F LPES30R LPES150R LPES30F 0.2 LPES150R LPES300R LPES150R 0.4 LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300R 0.75 LPES1500R LPES300F 1 LPES1500R 0.1

E5D E4D E4D G2H G5H G5H G5H G5H G5H K3L K3L K2L K3L

190

300

120 160 300

300

160 160 160 160 220 220 220 1800

(FRVHULHV

ADMA-01L ADMA-01M


)VHULHV

ADMA-R5L ADMA-R5M

Motor capacity kW

600

100

1100

75

1500 1300

60 60

1500 2100

43 43

1500 3000

33 33

1500 3000

30 30

1500 2100

100 100

1500 3000

75 75

3000

60

3000 1900

43 71

3000 1600

100 167

2900

56

3400

50

2700

125

3900

100

6300

71

8600

56

9700

50

2900

167

4500

125

6100

100

9400

71

12600

56

14200

50

3000 2000

50 83

3000 3200

38 63

4400

50

6900

36

9600

28

10800

25

5700

83

8200

63

10700

50

15000

36

15000

28

15000

25

8400

83

11800

63

15000

50

12400

83

15000

63

15000

83

3000 1600

67 111

2900

83

4000

67

6300

48

8600

37

10000

33

6000

111

8700

83

11400

67

15000

48

15000

37

15000

33

10300

111

14400

83

15000

67

12300

111

15000

83

15000

111

300

220

*VHULHV

Motor type

Power Cylinder

■Motors manufactured by Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

●ADMC series

ADMC-15L ADMC-20L ADMC-30L ADMC-45L

H1K H1K J4M J4M K3M K3M K3P K3P L1R L1R L1R

160 220 220 220 320 400 -

3000

150

1500

250

3300

250

5100

250

8400 14100

250 250

220

320 320

●ADMG series ADMG-05HP

0.5

ADMG-10HP

1

ADMG-15HP

1.5

ADMG-20HP

2

ADMG-35HP

3.5

ADMG-45HP

4.5

LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F LPES1500R LPES1500F

3000

200

2200

333

3300

333

7400

333

10100

333


7VHULHV

220

150

220 220

0XOWLVHULHV

ADMC-10L

1400

H2Y H1Y H1Y H2Y H1Y H2Y H1Y K4P K4P K4P K4P L3R L3R

0LQLVHULHV

ADMC-08L

LPES300F LPES300R LPES1500R LPES300F 0.75 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1 LPES1500R LPES1500F 1.5 LPES1500R LPES1500F 2 LPES1500R 2.9 LPES1500F 4.5 LPES1500F 0.4

,QTXLU\)RUP

ADMC-04L

30

Motor direct coupling

'LPHQVLRQVWDEOH□IUDPH ■ LPES15FT□□□□

φLA

10 12

10 25

LE φ20

φ41

□LC

φS

□45

52 φ

φLA

4-Z

A

2-Z Bolt hole depth L

14

B

XA

4-M4X13L

10

Mount code

LC

LB

LE

S

LR

LA

Z

L

B

A3D B2D B3B B3D C1C Z9Z

45 45 45 45 45

22 30 30 30 34

4 4 4 4 4

8 8 6 8 7

24 24 25 25 24

48 45 46 46 48

M3X11L M3X11L M4X13L M4X13L M3X11L

49 49 -

28 28 29 29 28

Unit: mm Drawing

45 Trunnion width

Stroke

A

100 200 300

228 328 428

1 2

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

290 410 510

390 610 810

1 Unit: kg

* For dimensions in blanks, contact us.

φ8H10

1.5 1.9 2.2

2-φ8X7L Trunnion mounting hole

φLB

12 LE

10

φ41

φ20

25

60

φS

100 200 300

10

ＬR

Fig. 2

60

Mass

0 -0.5

Mount code Stroke

Fig. 1

Stroke

* The above mass does not include the mass of the servomotor.

■ LPES30FT□□□□

φS


Fig. 2

□LC

φS

φLB

Fig. 1

φ8H10

ＬＲ

0 -0.5

Mount code Stroke

A


B

14 XA

ＬＲ

0 10 -0.5

12

LE

10 25

φ20

□ＬＣ φ41

φS

60 Trunnion width

φ8H10

φＬＢ

Fig. 3

4-M4X13L

10


φLA

4-Z

52 φ

45

45

φLA

□45

□45 52 φ

φLA

A

4-Z B

4-M4X13L

10

Mount code

LC

LB

LE

S

LR

LA

Z

L

B

A3D B2D B3D E1C E2D E3D E3G E4H E5D G1G G1H G1Z G2H H1H Z9Z

60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 90

22 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 70 70 70 70 80

8 9 9 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

8 8 8 7 8 8 11 14 8 11 14 12 14 14

24 25 25 24 30 25 30 30 25 30 30 30 30 30

48 45 46 60 60 70 70 70 70 90 90 90 90 100

M3X11L M3X11L M4X13L M4X12L M4X12L M4X12L M4X12L M5X12L M5X12L M5X12L M5X12L M5X12L M6X17L M6X17L

50 -

29 30 30 29 35 30 35 35 30 35 35 35 35 35


31

14 XA Unit: mm Drawing

1 2

LC Trunnion width

Stroke

A

100 200 300

228 328 428

MIN

290 410 510

Unit: mm XA MAX

390 610 810 Unit: kg

3

Stroke

Mass

100 200 300

1.6 2.0 2.4


Power Cylinder


'LPHQVLRQVWDEOH□IUDPH ■ LPES30R□T□□□□ Mount code Stroke

φ8H10

12


0

10 -0.5


10 25

60 □45

52 φ

(FRVHULHV

φLB

φS

φ41

4-Z

φ20

□LC

φL A

LE LF LR

A LD

14

31

XA

60

4-M4X13L

10

With PAT-B120

Unit: mm LD

Mount code

LC

LB

LE

S

LR

LF

LA

Z

A3D B2C B2D B3B B3D B4B B4D C1C E1C E2D E3D E3G E4D Z9D

42

22

4

8

30.5

9

48

M3X6L

64.5

42 42 42

30 30 30

3.5 3.5 3.5

8 6 8

26.5 26.5 26.5

5 5 5

45 45 46

M3X6L M4X9L M4X9L

60.5 60.5 60.5

42 42

30 34

8 3.5

8 7

31.5 26.5

10 5

46 48

M4X9L M3X6L

65.5 60.5

60 60

50 50

3.5 3.5

8 11

31.5 31.5

10 10

70 70

M4X9L M4X9L

65.5 65.5

Stroke

A

100 200 300

228 328 428

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

290 410 510

390 610 810

)VHULHV

Trunnion width

Mass

100 200 300

2.2 2.6 3.0


*VHULHV

Unit: kg Stroke


φ8H10/d9

Foot fitting (LPE015-F)

Trunnion fitting + foot fitting (LPE015-FT)

65 85

8

19 26

0XOWLVHULHV

8 (Width across flats 22)

2-φ6.5

φ8d9

33

φ19.8

27

45 60

30

Trunnion fitting (LPE015-T)

4.5

XA-20 10+0.5 +0.2

25 (10) 12

N-type end fitting（ - N） M14×1.5

U-type end fitting（ - U）

7VHULHV

■ Options

2-φ6.5 30 50

20 30

In the case of the above installation, model No. LPE15-FT comes with a set of trunnion and foot fittings.

,QTXLU\)RUP

45 70

φ41.2

4-φ4.5

0LQLVHULHV

4.5

32

33 （15）

φ12Ｈ10

□70

4-M6-12L 57

4-Z Bolt hole depth L φS

φ35

φ50

LE

□ＬＣ

0

φ33

φLB

18

LA φ

12

ＡＸＡ

B

12

□80

LR

Mount code Stroke

15-0.5


2-φ12-12L Trunnion mounting hole


'LPHQVLRQVWDEOH□IUDPH

57 86 Trunnion width

15

Unit: mm B

マウントコード

LC

LB

LE

S

LR

LA

Z

L

E4H G4K G4L G5K G5L G7L Z9Z

80 80 80 80 80 80

50 70 70 70 70 70

8 5 5 5 5 5

14 16 19 16 19 19

30 40 35 40 40 35

70 90 90 90 90 90

M5X8L M5X16L M5X16L M6X16L M6X16L M6X16L

14 9 14 14 9

68 77 72 77 77 72


100 200 300 400 500 600

309 409 509 609 709 809

Stroke

Mass

100 200 300 400 500 600

8.6 9.5 10.5 11.4 12.3 13.3

ＬＲ

40 （18）

ＡＸＡ

B

Mount code

LC

LB

LE

S

LR

LA

Z

L

B

G5K G5L H1K H2K H2L H2Y J2M J3Y J4M J4Y J5L J7Y J8Y

80 80 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

70 70 80 80 80 80 95 95 95 95 95 95 95

5 5 7 7 22 12 10 12 12 12 23 19 19

16 19 16 16 19 24 22 24 22 24 19 24 24

40 40 35 40 55 45 40 45 45 45 55 40 50

90 90 100 100 100 100 115 115 115 115 115 135 135

M6X16L M6X16L M6X7L M6X7L M6X22L M6X12L M8X10L M6X12L M8X12L M8X12L M8X10L M8X19L M8X19L

-

77 77 74 77 92 82 80 82 82 82 93 80 89

Drawing

1

2

K2L K2M K3L K3M K3Y K6M K7M L1M Z9Z

LC

LA φ

LB

130 110 130 110 130 110 130 110 130 110 130 110 130 110 176 114.3

LE

10 10 25 25 25 12 37 22

S

LR

LA

ＸＡ

Z

L

Unit: mm B Drawing

19 40∼41 145 M8X20L 6 79 22 40 145 M8X20L 6 79 19 55∼58 145 M8X20L 22 95 22 55 145 M8X20L 22 95 24 55∼58 145 M8X20L 22 95 22 45 145 M8X20L 9 82 22 70 145 M8X20L 34 107 22 55 200 M12X19L - 92

2

Stroke

A

100 200 300 400 500 600

309 409 509 609 709 809

□130

136 Trunnion width Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

400 500 600 700 800 900

500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 Unit: kg


Stroke

Mass

100 200 300 400 500 600

14.3 15.2 16.1 17.1 18.0 19.0

15

50 80

φ12 -0.025 -0.043

15 15

24 37

Bellows（ - J）


15

Mass: 3.3kg

2-φ12

100 130

15

15 30 50

φ16-0.025 -0.043

118.5 100

Order the trunnion fitting separately from main body model No. without entering any symbol at the end of model No.

12

φ50 φ16Ｈ10/ｄ9

2-φ9

When bellows are equipped, flange mount is not available.

φ100

25+0.5 0

40 （18） 25

Mass: 0.6kg

6

φ33


69

φ100

15 +0.5 0

φ12H10/d9


95 80

Bellows（ - J）

33（15） 18 50

LPES150

18



LPES300


12

Ａ B

■ Options

33

□70

φS

136 Trunnion width

Mount code

φ35


12 18

φ16Ｈ10

LE φ50

□70 □80

2-∅16-20Ｌ Trunnion mounting hole

□ＬＣ

φ36

φLB

∅16Ｈ10

φ35

φ50

25

φS

LA φ

0

0

25-0.5

φ36

φLB □LC

495 695 895 1095 1295 1495

25-0.5

Fig. 2

40 （18） 25

LE 4-Z

395 495 595 695 795 895


Mount code Stroke

LR

A

Unit: kg


Fig. 1

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

Stroke


■ LPES150R□T□□□□ （15）

4-M6-12L

86

12

ＸＡ

57 86 Trunnion width

15

With PAT-B160 S

LR

LF

LA

Z

LD

58

30

4

8

36

8.5

46

M4X9L

81

60 60 60 60 60

50 50 50 50 50

4 4 8 8 8

11 14 8 9 14

32 32 36 36 36

4.5 4.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

70 70 70 70 70


77 77 81 81 81

Mount code

G1G G1H G1Z G5H H1F H1H H1K Z9D Z9H

LC

LB

80 92 92 92

70 80 80 80

LE

4 9 9 9

S

14 10 14 16

LR

LF

42 42 42 42

14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5

Z

90 100 100 100

M6X12L M6X12L M6X12L M6X12L

40 25

φ LA

∅36

∅LB

∅S

∅50 ∅35

□LC

309 409 509 609 709 809

395 495 595 695 795 895

495 695 895 1095 1295 1495

Stroke

Mass

100 200 300 400 500 600

10.7 11.6 12.6 13.5 14.4 15.4

□70

LE

S

LR

58

30

4

8

36 8.5 46

60 60 60 60

50 50 50 50

4 4 8 8

11 14 9 14

32 32 36 36

4 4 9 9 9

14 16 10 14 16

42 42 42 42 42

LF

4.5 4.5 8.5 8.5

14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5

LA

Z

LD

LG

D

M4X9L

81

70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85

70 M4X9L 77 70 M4X9L 77 70 M5X10L 81 70 M5X10L 81

90 90 100 100 100


87 87 87 87 87

Mount code LC

G4L G5L H1Y H4L J3Y J4L J4M J4Y J7Y K3L K3Y K5Y K6M K7M Z9L

80 80 90 100 100 100 120 130 130 -

LB

LE

S

LR

LF

70 5.5 19 43.5 6.5 70 7 19 45 8 80 8 19 57 20 95 4 24 47 10 95 8 19 57 20 95 8 20 57 24 95 7 24 58 21 110 18 19 60 23 110 18 24 60 23 -

LA

Z

LD

90 90 100 115 115 115 135 145 145 -

M5X10L M6X12L M6X12L M6X12L M8X15L M8X15L M8X15L M8X15L M8X15L -

102.5 104 116 106 116 116 117 119 119 -


Unit: mm LG D

90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 -

93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 -

Stroke

A

100 200 300 400 500 600

309 409 509 609 709 809

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

400 500 600 700 800 900

500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 Unit: kg

Stroke

Mass

Mass

(with PAT-B160)

(with PAT-B220)

100 200 300 400 500 600

14.6 15.5 16.4 17.4 18.3 19.3

16.0 16.9 17.8 18.8 19.7 20.7


0XOWLVHULHV

With PAT-B220

LB

136 Trunnion width

0LQLVHULHV

18

XA

,QTXLU\)RUP

D

With PAT-B160

70 70 80 80 80

12

A LD

80 80 92 92 92

100 200 300 400 500 600

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

LE RL

B3D B4D E3G E3H E4E E4H E5H G1G G1H G1Z G4K G5H G5K H1F H1H H1K J2K K2K Z9H

A


（18）

∅16Ｈ10

Mount code LC

87 87 87 87

Stroke

Unit: kg

Mount code Stroke

4-Z

Unit: mm LD


■ LPES300R□T□□□□ Reduction gear ratio

LA

*VHULHV

LE

7VHULHV

LB

□LG

A3D B3D B4D E2C E2D E3D E3G E3H E4D E4E E4H E5H

LC

0 25 -0.5

Mount code

(FRVHULHV

57 12 Ａ

LR ＬD

2-φ16-20Ｌ Trunnion mounting hole

LA ∅

LE LF

)VHULHV

□70

∅LB

∅S

∅50

□ＬＣ 4-∅Z

∅35

φ12Ｈ10

□80

2-∅12-12L Trunnion mounting hole

0

18

15 -0.5

33

Mount code Stroke ∅33




34


'LPHQVLRQVWDEOH□IUDPH ■ LPES1500FT□□□□□ Mount code Stroke

(25)

20

A

189 Trunnion width

XA (25)

60

LR

φLB

φ53

40

φ25H10 φ75

LE


φ50

□ＬＣ

□105

□180

B

Fig. 2

□105


φS LA φ

φ25H10

0

4-Z

φ75

LE

35 -0.5

□LC

φ50

φLB

∅53

40

□130

0

35 -0.5

60


LR

Fig. 1

φS

LA φ

A B

20 XA

25

Mount code

LC

LB

LE

S

LR

LA

Z

L

B

H2Y J2M J3Y J4M J4Y K2M K2Z K3M K3P K3Y K4P K4Y K4Z K6M K6P K7M L1P L1Q L1R L1Z L2S L3R L3S M3P M4P N1S P2Q P2R P3R Z9Z

130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 200 220 220 220

80 95 95 95 95 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 130 130 180 200 200 200

12 10 5 5 5 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 5 5 9 11 11 21 21 65 10 10 17 17 6 6 6 6

24 22 24 22 24 22 26 22 28 24 28 24 28(j6) 22 28 22 28 32 35 28(j6) 42 35 42 28 28 42 32 35 35

45 40 45 45 45 40 40 55∼58 55 55∼58 63 65 63 45 55 70 55 50 65∼70 65 113 79∼80 79 60∼65 70 85 65 65 70

100 115 115 115 115 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 135 135 145 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 165 165 215 235 235 235

M6X12L M8X16L M6X12L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M8X16L M12X25L M12X25L M12X25L M12X25L M12X25L M12X25L M12X25L M10X25L M10X25L M12X25L M12X29L M12X29L M12X29L

7 7 17 17 61 29 29 33 -

101 96 101 101 101 96 96 111 111 111 119 119 119 101 111 124 114 109 124 124 168 136 136 120 125 140 124 124 124

Unit: mm Drawing

1

189 Trunnion width Stroke

A

200 300 400 500 600 800 1000

537 637 737 837 937 1137 1337

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

680 790 900 1010 1115 1335 1555

880 1090 1300 1510 1715 2135 2555 Unit: kg

Stroke

Mass

200 300 400 500 600 800 1000

39.9 42.9 44.4 46.7 48.9 53.9 57.9

* The above mass does not include the mass of the servomotor. 2

2


■ Options U-type end fitting（ - U）

Bellows（ - J）


Mass: 7.0kg

φ25Ｈ10/ｄ9

25

-0.025

φ25 -0.046

2-φ18 15

φ90

+0.5

35 0 φ70

99

178 150

60 （25） 40

130 180

25 25

45 70


□105

∅LB

20

60

Fig. 2 φ53

40

□LC

189 Trunnion width

（25）

φL A

φ75 ∅LB

φ50

φ25H10

4-Z

LE LR φS

A LD

20

XA

167

(FRVHULHV

25


XA

0

D

□105

□180

A LD

35 -0.5

φL A

LE RL

)VHULHV

4-Z

φ25H10

φ50

φS

φ75

□LC

□130

φ53

Fig. 1

（25） 0

60 40

Mount code Stroke

35 -0.5


2-φ25-25Ｌ Trunnion mounting hole

■ LPES1500R□T□□□□□

Power Cylinder



189 Trunnion width

25

LB

LE

S

LR

LF

LA

Z

LD

80 80 80 80 80

70 70 70 70 70

5.5 5.5 7 7 7

16 19 13 16 19

43.5 43.5 45 45 45

6.5 6.5 8 8 8

90 90 90 90 90


102.5 102.5 104 104 104

90 90

80 80

7.5 7.5

14 16

46 46

9 9

100 100

M6X12L M6X12L

105 105

90

80

8

10

57

20

100

M6X12L

116

90 90 100 100 100

80 80 95 95 95

8 8 4 4 8

16 19 16 24 19

57 57 42 47 57

20 20 5 10 20

100 100 115 115 115


116 116 101 106 116

100

95

8

20

57

20

115

M8X15L

116

120

95

7

24

58

21

135

M8X15L

117

130 130 130

110 110 110

18 18 18

19 22 24

60 60 60

23 23 23

145 145 145

M8X15L M8X15L M8X15L

119 119 119

130 130 150 220

110 110 130 200

6.5 6.5 9 6

28 28 28 28

57.5 72.5 67.5 57.5

11 26 21 11

145 145 165 235

M8×15L M8×15L M10×18L M12×21L

128 143 138 128

176 220

114.3 200

6 6

35 35

82.5 67.5

26.5 11.5

200 235

M12X21 M12X21

174.5 159.5

D

Unit: mm Drawing

111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111

1

143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143

1

200 300 400 500 600 800 1000

537 637 737 837 937 1137 1337

680 790 900 1010 1115 1335 1555

Mass

Mass

880 1090 1300 1510 1715 2135 2555 Unit: kg

200 300 400 500 600 800 1000

Mass

(with PAT-B220) (with PAT-B320) (with PAT-B400)

39.1 42.1 43.6 45.9 48.1 53.1 57.1

42.1 45.1 46.6 48.9 51.1 56.1 60.1

56.4 59.4 60.9 63.2 65.4 70.4 74.4


,QTXLU\)RUP

With PAT-B400 L1R P2R

A

Stroke

With PAT-B320 K3P K4P K6P L1P L1Q M3P M4P P1P Z9P Z9Q

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

Stroke

7VHULHV

G4H G4K G4L G5H G5K G5L G7L H1H H1K H1Y H4F H4H H4K H4L J2K J3Y J4L J4M J4Y J5L J7Y K3K K3L K3M K3Y K4Y K5Y K6M K7M L1M Z9L Z9M

LC

0LQLVHULHV

Mount code

0XOWLVHULHV

With PAT-B220

*VHULHV

Clamp shaft hole diameter

2


36

Application Solution Glass substrate tilting equipment A large glass substrate is tilted for transfer to the next process by this equipment. Points for adoption

① Swinging operation Swinging operation can be performed because the servo cylinder is pin-connected with the equipment.

② High-frequency operation High-frequency operation with the frequency of starts 15 times/min. and a duty factor 50%ED can be performed.

Film welding equipment

Food packaging films are welded by this equipment.

Points for adoption

① Clean operation Clean with no oil leakage.

② Synchronous operation [Closeup] 37

Two or more cylinders can be operated synchronously.

Workpieces are coated by moving up and down a tank containing a coating agent.

Points for adoption

① Accurate feeding operation

Power Cylinder

Coating equipment

② Shortening of overall length In relation to the equipment, the overall length of the servo cylinder needs to be shortened, which is handled by an orthogonal type precision planetary reducer.

(FRVHULHV

Accurate feeding operation is possible with the servo cylinder for a decrease in liquid level caused by the number of times of coating.

Points for adoption

*VHULHV

Two sheets of automotive parts are bonded by this equipment.

)VHULHV

Bonding equipment

① Accurate positioning

② Torque control Pressing force for bonding can be controlled.

7VHULHV

Fine positioning can be performed against jigs that differ in size according to sheet materials.

0LQLVHULHV

A glass substrate is erected for insertion into a cassette by this equipment.

0XOWLVHULHV

Workpiece erecting equipment

① Accurate positioning The glass substrate can be erected to an accurate position by the servo positioning function.

② Selectable servomotor manufacturer A desired servomotor manufacturer can be specified according to control compatibility with peripheral equipment.

,QTXLU\)RUP

Points for adoption

38

Application Solution Frame assembling equipment Aluminum frames are accurately assembled (press-fit) to a product in four directions by this equipment.

Points for adoption

① Torque control At the time of assembly (press fitting), pressing force can be controlled as desired. (Pressing force differs according to product and shape.)

② Wide-ranging speed variations At the time of assembly (press fitting), operation is performed at low speed. At the time of return, operation can be performed at high speed, so that the cycle time can also be reduced.

[Closeup]

Glass inspection equipment Transferred glass is erected from 0 to 90 degrees and glass surfaces are inspected.

Points for adoption

① Support of large loads Large loads of 8000N (up to 15000N) can be supported.

② High-speed and high-precision positioning Large loads can be positioned at a maximum speed of 333mm/s with high accuracy.

[Closeup]

39

Diverse metallic parts are press-fit and assembled by this equipment.

Power Cylinder

Press-fitting equipment (press)

① Multiple-point positioning Compared with air cylinders, positioning can be performed as desired.

② Torque control

(FRVHULHV

Points for adoption

Pressing force is variable with workpieces and jigs.

)VHULHV

Injection equipment

*VHULHV

Diverse foods are quantitatively injected into special-purpose containers by this equipment.

Points for adoption

Compared with conventional pump type, materials can be mixed in proportions and foods can be injected in accurately determined quantities by adjusting the speed of each piston.

Equipment for arraying and pushing conveyed objects Conveyed objects are arrayed on the roller conveyor as desired and ejected by this equipment. Points for adoption

0XOWLVHULHV

② Accurate speed control

0LQLVHULHV

Clean with no oil leakage.

7VHULHV

① Clean operation

The servo positioning function allows desired arrays on the conveyor.

② Torque control Pressing force can be controlled according to the type of conveyed object.

③ Flange mounting is possible depending on the installation space.

,QTXLU\)RUP

① Accurate positioning

40

6HUYRPRWRUPRXQWLQJSURFHGXUHVZKHQLQVWDOOHGE\FXVWRPHU

■Motor direct coupling 1

1SFQBSFBTFSWPNPUPS "OPVUQVUTIBGUXJUIXJUIPVULFZXBZDBOCFVTFE

2

4FUUIFTFSWPNPUPSXJUIUIFDPVQMJOHNPVOUJOHIPMFPGUIFNPUPSnBOHFGBDJOHVQXBSE □BOE□GSBNFTPOMZ

3

$MFBOMZXJQFBXBZSVTU EVTU BOUJSVTUPJM FUD PGUIFNPUPSTIBGU

4

-PPTFOUIFDMBNQCPMUPGUIFDPVQMJOH

5

3FNPWFUIFQMVHPGUIFDPVQMJOHDBTF UVSOUIFJOQVUTIBGUBOETFUUIFDMBNQCPMUIFBEPGUIFDPVQMJOHUPUIFQPTJUJPOPGUIFQMVHIPMF 'PS-1&4 UIFSFJTBOFFEUPJOTFSUBUPSRVFXSFODIBUBOBOHMFBTTIPXOCFMPX

6

4NPPUIMZJOTFSUUIFNPUPSTIBGUUPUIFDPVQMJOH *GUIFNPUPSJTUVSOFEJOUIFEJSFDUJPOPGSPUBUJPO UIFQIBTFUPUIFDMBNQCPMUNBZCFTIJGUFE

7

1BZTVGmDJFOUBUUFOUJPOOPUUPJOTFSUUIFNPUPSTIBGUJOBUJMUFENBOOFS

8

"GUFSJOTFSUJOHUIFTQJHPUGBDJOHQBSUDPNQMFUFMZ BUUBDIJUXJUIUIFNPUPSBUUBDIJOHCPMU

9

6TJOHBUPSRVFXSFODI UJHIUFOUIFDMBNQCPMUPGUIFDPVQMJOHBUUIFTQFDJmFEUJHIUFOJOHUPSRVF

10

"UUBDIUIFSFNPWFEQMVHUPUIFDPVQMJOHDBTF 3FGFSUPUIFJOTUSVDUJPONBOVBMGPSEFUBJMT Model number

L

L

L

LPES15 LPES30 LPES150 LPES300 LPES1500

LPES15

LPES30

Coupling bolt size M2 M2.5

Tightening torque N・m｛kNf・m｝ 0.5｛0.04｝ 1.0｛0.10｝

M4

3.8｛0.39｝

M6

12｛1.22｝

L mm

30 40 60 70 90

LPES1500

■With precision planetary reducer

Set bolt tightening

1. When the motor shaft is round

Plug

With a torque wrench, etc.

Set bolt

1 2 3

4 5

6 7

8

4FUUIFSFEVDFSXJUIUIFNPUPSNPVOUJOHTVSGBDFVQXBSE $MFBOMZXJQFSVTU EVTU SVTUJOIJCJUPS FUD PGGUIFNPUPSTIBGU 3FNPWFUIFQMVHGSPNUIFBEBQUFS UVSOUIFJOQVUTIBGU BOEBMJHOUIFCPMUIFBEXJUI UIFQPTJUJPOPGUIFQMVHIPMF $IFDLUIBUUIFTFUCPMUIBTCFFOMPPTFOFEXJUIBIFYBHPOBMTQBOOFS FUD 4NPPUIMZJOTFSUUIFNPUPSTIBGUJOUIFJOQVUTIBGUIPMF"UUIJTUJNF CFBXBSFUIBUJG UIFNPUPSTIBGUJTJOTFSUFEJOBUJMUFENBOOFS HBMMJOHXJUIUIFTIBGUIPMF FUD XJMMPDDVS SFTVMUJOHJOGBJMVSFUPNPVOUQSPQFSMZ "GUFSDPNQMFUFJOTFSUJPOPGUIFTQJHPUQPSUJPO DPNQMFUFMZmYUIFNPUPSUPUIFBEBQUFSBUBOBQQSPQSJBUFUJHIUFOJOHUPSRVF 5JHIUFOUIFTFUCPMUPGUIFJOQVUTIBGUXJUIBUPSRVFXSFODIPSUIFMJLFBUUIFUJHIUFOJOHUPSRVFJOUIFGPMMPXJOHUBCMF"UUIJTUJNF CFBXBSF UIBUJGJUJTUJHIUFOFEBUVOEFSUIFTQFDJmFEUPSRVF MPPTFOFTTPGUIFTFUCPMUDBOMFBEUPQSPCMFNT TVDIBTBTMJQPGUIFNPUPSTIBGU %POPUBQQMZ-PDUJUFBOEPUIFSBOUJMPPTFOJOHBHFOUTUPUIFTFUCPMU1SPQFSUJHIUFOJOHUPSRVFNBZOPUCFPCUBJOFE SFTVMUJOHJO JOTVGmDJFOUUJHIUFOJOH "UUBDIUIFQMVH/PX UIFNPUPSTFUUJOHJTDPNQMFUFE

It is assumed that the clamp fit may slide with an unexpected impact. Give consideration to a separate safety mechanism for elevation drive, etc.

● Set bolt tightening torque table Reducer frame No. PAT-B120 PAT-B160 PAT-B220 PAT-B320 PAT-B400

Single reduction Double reduction Single reduction Double reduction Single reduction Double reduction Single reduction Double reduction Single reduction Double reduction

Motor shaft diameter mm ≦11 ≦11 ≦14 ≦11 ≦24 ≦14 ≦32 ≦24 ≦38 ≦32

● Motor mount bolt tightening torque table

M3 M3 M4 M3 M5 M4 M6 M5 M8 M6

Bolt size mm ×0.5P ×8Ｌ ×0.5P ×8Ｌ ×0.7P ×12Ｌ ×0.5P ×8Ｌ ×0.8P ×14Ｌ ×0.7P ×12Ｌ ×1P ×16Ｌ ×0.8P ×14Ｌ ×1.25P ×20Ｌ ×1P ×16Ｌ

Hexagonal wrench Tightening torque N･m width across flats mm 2.5 2.1 2.5 2.1 3 4.9 2.5 2.1 4 9.8 3 4.9 5 17 4 9.8 6 41 5 17

* The bolt tightening torque should be in the range of the above numerical values multiplied by 1.0 ‒ 1.2.

2. Mounting a keyed motor "LFZFENPUPSTIBGUDBOCFVTFEJODMBNQUZQFBTJTUIFDBTFXJUIBSPVOETIBGUCZ SFNPWJOHUIFLFZ 4FUUIFNPUPSTIBGULFZXBZ %DVU

FBDITMJU BOETFUCPMUJOQPTJUJPOBTTIPXOJOUIF JMMVTUSBUJPOPOUIFSJHIUIBOETJEF0UIFSQSPDFEVSFTGPSNPVOUJOHUPUIFSFEVDFSBSF UIFTBNFBTUIFSPVOETIBGUTDBTF

41

Bolt size mm

Hexagonal wrench width across flats mm

Tightening torque N･m

M3 × 0.5P

2.5

1.8

M4 × 0.7P

3

4.1

M5 × 0.8P

4

8.2

M6 × 1P

5

14

M8 × 1.25P

6

34

LPES30

LPES150

LPES300

LPES1500

0.16

0.32

1.60

3.19

26.6

｛0.016｝

｛0.031｝

｛0.16｝

｛0.33｝

｛2.72｝

●-PBEIPMEJOHNFDIBOJTNJTOPUQSPWJEFEXJUIUIJTDZMJOEFSJOUIFDZMJOEFSNBJOCPEZ*GBEBOHFSPVTTJUVBUJPOJT BOUJDJQBUFEEVSJOHTUPQQBHFBOEXIFOUIFQSPEVDUJTCSPLFO VTFBTFSWPNPUPSXJUIBNBHOFUJDCSBLFUPIPME UIFMPBE PSQSPWJEFBCSBLFNFDIBOJTNPVUTJEF*UJTTBNFUPVTFGPSFMFWBUJOHEFWJDFPSIPSJ[POUBMVTFBOE EJTQMBDFNFOUJTQSPCMFN ●4USVDUVSBMMZ UIJTQPXFSDZMJOEFSJTBOJOEPPSUZQF4JODFUIFSFBSFQSPCMFNT TVDIBTSVTUGPSNBUJPO TUPSFJOB HPPEJOEPPSFOWJSPONFOU1BZTVGmDJFOUBUUFOUJPOUPIVNJEJUZ#FBXBSFUIBUJGJUJTJOTUBMMFEJOBQMBDFXIFSFUIF UFNQFSBUVSFDIBOHFTSBQJEMZ DPOEFOTBUJPOXJMMPDDVS DBVTJOHGBJMVSFPSSVTU ●%POPUTUPSFPSVTFJOBDPSSPTJWFBUNPTQIFSF"MTP JUDBOOPUCFVTFEJOBnBNNBCMFBUNPTQIFSF ●%POPUVTFJOBQMBDFXIFSFUIFSFJTOPFYQFDUBUJPOGPSIFBUEJTTJQBUJPO TVDIBTJOBDMPTFEDPOUBJOFSCFDBVTF EPJOHTPXJMMDBVTFGBJMVSF

&DXWLRQVIRULQVWDOODWLRQ

'SBNFFOETVQQPSU %POPUmY

5SVOOJPONPVOU Top

Bottom

Top

*VHULHV

●6TFBUSVOOJPONPVOUPSBnBOHFNPVOU QPTTJCMFPOMZGPS-1&4PS TNBMMFS UPJOTUBMMUIFNBJOCPEZ8IFOVTFEXJUIPTDJMMBUJPO TFMFDUBO IUZQFPSB6UZQFFOEmUUJOH*GBMBUFSBMMPBEJTBQQMJFE QSPWJEFBHVJEFTP BTOPUUPSFDFJWFUIFEJSFDUMBUFSBMMPBEPSUIFCFOEJOHNPNFOU ●8IFOJUJTJOTUBMMFEXJUIBnBOHFNPVOU JOTUBMMJUJOUIFWFSUJDBMEJSFDUJPO 3FGFSUPUIFmHVSFBUUIFSJHIU

8IFODPOTJEFSJOHVTFPGBnBOHFNPVOUGPSBUZQFPG-1&4PSMBSHFS QMFBTFDPOUBDU5&.CFGPSFIBOE ●'PSVTFJOBTUBUJDDPOEJUJPOXJUIPVUTXJOHJOHUIFDZMJOEFS TFMFDU①'MBOHF NPVOUPS②5SVOOJPONPVOU GPPUNPVOU*UDBOCFJOTUBMMFEFJUIFS IPSJ[POUBMMZPSWFSUJDBMMZ □GSBNFPOMZ

●8IFOJUJTVTFEIPSJ[POUBMMZGPSBMPOHTUSPLF TVQQPSUUIFCPUUPNQBSUPGUIF GSBNFFOEBTTIPXOJOUIFmHVSFCFMPX"UUIJTQPJOU EPOPUmYUIFGSBNF BOEUIFTVQQPSUJOHCBTF

Bottom

'MBOHFNPVOU

① 'MBOHFNPVOU

②5SVOOJPONPVOU GPPUNPVOU

7VHULHV

Rod turning force

LPES15

0XOWLVHULHV

Model number

Power Cylinder

●"OUJSPESPUBUJPONFDIBOJTNJTOPUQSPWJEFEXJUIUIJTDZMJOEFS5VSOJOHGPSDFJTHFOFSBUFEUPUIFSPEPXJOHUPUIF UISVTU NBLFTVSFUPQFSGPSNQSFWFOUJPOPGSPUBUJPOPOUIFFRVJQNFOUTJEF 5IFUVSOJOHGPSDFQMBDFEPOUIFSPEBUUIFUJNFPGUIFNBYJNVNUISVTUJTBTTIPXOJOUIFGPMMPXJOHUBCMF

(FRVHULHV

&DXWLRQVIRUVHOHFWLQJ

)VHULHV

:$51,1*

,QTXLU\)RUP

●0WFSMPBEQSPUFDUJPONFDIBOJTNJTOPUQSPWJEFEXJUIUIJTDZMJOEFSJOUIFDZMJOEFSNBJOCPEZ TPQSPWJEF QSPUFDUJPOBHBJOTUPWFSWPMUBHF PWFSDVSSFOU PWFSMPBEPGUIFTFSWPESJWFS TFSWPBNQMJmFS "EEJUJPOBMMZ NBOVGBDUVSFUIFPQQPTJUFTJEFFRVJQNFOUPGUIFQPXFSDZMJOEFSXJUIBTUSFOHUITVGmDJFOUUPXJUITUBOEUIF NBYJNVNUPSRVFPGUIFTFSWPNPUPS ●.BOVBMPQFSBUJPOTIBGUJTOPUQSPWJEFEXJUIUIJTDZMJOEFSGPSBTUSVDUVSBMSFBTPO TPBEKVTUUIFDZMJOEFSQPTJUJPO CZPQFSBUJOHUIFTFSWPESJWFS TFSWPBNQMJmFS BUWFSZMPXTQFFE Frequency of operation Lubrication cycle ●%BQIOF&QPOFY43/PJTBQQMJFEUPUIFTDSFXTIBGUPGUIJTDZMJOEFSBU 1000 reciprocations/day or more Every 1 month ‒ 3 months UIFUJNFPGTIJQNFOU IPXFWFS QFSJPEJDMVCSJDBUJPOJTSFRVJSFE3FGFSUP 500 ‒ 1000 reciprocations/day Every 3 months ‒ 6 months 100 ‒ 500 reciprocations/day Every 6 months ‒ 1 year UIFUBCMFBUUIFSJHIUGPSUIFMVCSJDBUJPOBNPVOUPGHSFBTFBOEUIF 10 ‒ 100 reciprocations/day Every 1 year ‒ 1.5 years MVCSJDBUJPODZDMF ・0OUIFSPEQFSJQIFSZ BQQMZHSFBTFBDDPSEJOHUPUIF MVCSJDBUJPODZDMFTPUIBUBOPJMZmMNEPFTOPUSVOPVU6TF 5IFBQQMJDBUJPOBNPVOUPGUIFHSFBTFJToHQFSTUSPLFPGNN UIFTBNFHSFBTFBTUIFPOFVTFEGPSUIFTDSFX ・%FUFSNJOFUIFMVCSJDBUJPODZDMFBDDPSEJOHUPUIFTJUVBUJPO "OEBTHSFBTFGPSNBJOUFOBODF +8(4(JTBWBJMBCMF TPME PGPQFSBUJPO TFQBSBUFMZ GSPNPVSDPNQBOZ

0LQLVHULHV

&DXWLRQVIRUXVH

42

Power cylinder eco series CDS type

New type power cylinders designed exclusively for press contact stop, and just fit for motorized air cylinders. Self-contained ned Cylinders are exclusive to press contact ntact stop. Overcurrent is detected to stop the e motor automatically.

Simple operation ation Best suited to operation between two points, t i t like air cylinders. No intermediate stop can be made.

Simple wiring ring mply connecting Operation can be performed by simply the three-phase power supply. No limit switch for stroke adjustment ent is required.

6WUXFWXUHRI6SHHG0HFK Terminal box (incorporated in CDS)

Brake Spring

Motor

Ball nut

End fitting Ball screw

The basic structure of this electric cylinder is a combination of a screw and motor, which is the same as conventional power cylinders. This SpeedMech enables the cylinder to stop without a limit switch by the combination of the spring built into the actuating part and the special board (CDS) mounted in the terminal box. Also, compared with conventional electric cylinders, life is extended through the adoption of the first ball screw in this size and also the holding brake that is actuated after the motor is stopped.

2SHUDWLQJSULQFLSOHRI6SHHG0HFK

1

2

The cylinder extends.

The spring undergoes a deflection to lock the motor.

The brake is actuated to stop the motor.

The cylinder rod extends by an extend signal. The rod stops in the middle of stroke due to the stopper, etc., of the equipment on the other side. Or, the rod stops when reaching the stroke end.

As the rod has stopped, the spring undergoes a deflection. At the same time, the motor is locked and the current value rises suddenly (overcurrent is generated).

The rise in current value is detected by the CDS, and an operation command is sent to the brake. Subsequently, a stop command is sent to the motor to stop the motor. At this time, a pressing force is maintained by the brake force.

②The motor is locked (overcurrent is generated). ①The spring undergoes a deflection.

43

3

②Stop command to the motor ①Operation command to the brake

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

LPE 100 L K 5 MSⅠJ ①Product/series name

⑥Options

④Main body shape

3RZHU&\OLQGHU (FRVHULHV

. BOUJSPESPUBUJPOTQFDJmDBUJPOT 4 XJUINBHOFUJDTFOTPS Ⅰ ⅠUZQFFOEmUUJOH UIFTUBOEBSEFOE 6 6UZQFFOEmUUJOH QBSUJTBTDSFXTIBQF + CFMMPXT

5TUSBJHIU ,QBSBMMFM

③Rated speed

⑤Stroke

-BOE)DIFDLUIFBDUVBMTQFFE XJUISFGFSFODFUP UIFTUBOEBSENPEFMMJTU

1 : 100mm 2 : 200mm 3 : 300mm

4 : 400mm 5 : 500mm 6 : 600mm

6WDQGDUGPRGHOOLVW Rated thrust Model number N｛kNf｝

8IFOBNBHOFUJDTFOTPSJTFRVJQQFE BOUJSPESPUBUJPOTQFDJmDBUJPOTBSFBMXBZT BEPQUFE $PEF.4

6WDQGDUGHQYLURQPHQWRIXVH Rated speed mm/s 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz

Motor output

Model Environment

Standard stroke mm

LPE025H

250｛25.5｝

160/190/200

0.25N・m（50W or equivalent）

LPE050L

500｛51.0｝

90/100/110


LPE050H

500｛51.0｝

160/170/190


LPE100L

1.00k｛102｝

90/90/110


100 200 300 400 500 600

1SFTTJOHGPSDFWBSJFTEFQFOEJOHPOUIFNBDIJOFUZQF BOEJTUXPPSUISFFUJNFTUIFSBUFEUISVTU

Indoor type

$PELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH

0∼40℃

5HODWLYHKXPLGLW\

45∼85% (non-condensing)

6KRFNUHVLVWDQFHYDOXH

0.5G or less

,QVWDOODWLRQDOWLWXGH


$PELHQW

Normally indoors*

/PSNBMMZJOEPPSTNFBOTOPFYQPTVSFUPXJOE SBJOBOEXBUFS BOEEVTUBUBMFWFMJOTJEFBOPSEJOBSZGBDUPSZ

)VHULHV

025：0250N｛25.5㎏f｝ 050：0500N｛51.0㎏f｝ 100：1000N｛102㎏f｝

*VHULHV

②Rated thrust

Power Cylinder

①

(FRVHULHV

0RGHO1RGHVLJQDWLRQ

6WUXFWXUH ■6WUDLJKW Spring unit

Screw shaft

End fitting

7VHULHV

Brake

0XOWLVHULHV

Manual shaft

Rod Motor

Brake

0LQLVHULHV

Motor

Manual shaft

End fitting

Screw shaft

,QTXLU\)RUP

■3DUDOOHO

Frame

Spring unit

Frame

Rod

44

'LPHQVLRQV7DEOH ■6WUDLJKW 90

84

11 (Width across flat: 27)

Rod retract

142.5

M18X1.5

30

B

Manual shaft end Rod extend

Extend side magnetic sensor

57

Retract side magnetic sensor

+0.1 0 -12L

34

2-φ12

Applicable gland diameter PF1/2

1.5 15

12

12

A 175

57

4-M6-12L

φ50 φ35

55

70 90 91(Trunnion width)

35

XA 10

6OJUNN

Main body shape

Model

Approximate mass （O）

Stroke

A

B

MIN

MAX

100

289

100

339

439

9

200

389

200

439

639

10

LPE025H LPE050L

XA

300

489

300

539

839

11

LPE050H

400

589

400

639

1039

12

LPE100L

500

689

500

739

1239

13

600

789

600

839

1439

14

T

■3DUDOOHO 234.5

90 84

171 Applicable gland diameter PF1/2

Manual shaft end

222.5

Ｍ18Ｘ1.5-2

43

170 82

1212

2-φ12-12Ｌ

1.5

φ50

Rod extend

φ35

Rod retract

9

35 15 Retract side magnetic sensor 50

B

30

Extend side magnetic sensor 70

Ａ

91(Trunnion width dimension)

10 35

XA

6OJUNN

Stroke

A

B

MIN

MAX

100

289

100

339

439

14

200

389

200

439

639

15

300

489

300

539

839

16

LPE050H

400

589

400

639

1039

17

LPE100L

500

689

500

739

1239

18

600

789

600

839

1439

19

Model

LPE025H LPE050L

45

XA

Approximate mass （O）

Main body shape

K

Power Cylinder

2SWLRQV Ⅰ-type end fitting（ -Ⅰ）


(15)

18

φ100

φ33

50

φ33

0

15

15 -0.5

18

Bellows（ - J）

(15)

33

+0.5 0

33

φ12H10

φ12H10/d9

8IFOCFMMPXTBSFFRVJQQFE nBOHFNPVOU JTOPUBWBJMBCMF

Magnetic sensor （ - MS）

Mass: 0.6kg

30

6 50

15

φ3

Detection surface

Output (black) GND (blue)

15 24

80

37


0SEFSUIFUSVOOJPOmUUJOHTFQBSBUFMZGSPN NBJOCPEZNPEFM/PXJUIPVUFOUFSJOHBOZ TZNCPMBUUIFFOEPGNPEFM/P

5IFNBHOFUJDTFOTPSDBOOPUCFBUUBDIFE MBUFS*GJUJTOFDFTTBSZ QMBDFBOPSEFSmSTU 5ZQFTXJUIBMBNQPSXJSFUZQFBSFBMTP BWBJMBCMF3FGFSUPQBHF

1RFRQWDFWVZLWFK'&ZLUHV\VWHP OHDGZLUHP 3RZHUYROWDJH

5∼26V DC

&RQVXPSWLRQ FXUUHQW

8ｍA MAX (24V DC)


15ｍA MAX (24V DC) Open collector output

)VHULHV

15

+ (brown) Diode Load

SW main circuit

8

-0.025

φ12 -0.043

95 80

2-φ9

(OHFWULFFLUFXLW

Lead wire 1m

15.5

(FRVHULHV

Trunnion fitting（LPE025-T）

LPE025H

■6HOHFWLRQSURFHGXUHV LPE050L

4FMFDUUIFTVJUBCMFNPEFMOVNCFSGSPNUIFTUBOEBSE NPEFMMJTU QBHF CBTFEPOUISVTU TQFFEBOETUSPLF $IFDLUIBUUIFOVNCFSPGDZDMFTPGUIFTFMFDUFEDZMJOEFS JTXJUIJOUIFBMMPXBCMFSBOHFXJUISFGFSFODFUPUIFUBCMF BUUIFSJHIU 5BCMF

LPE050H

$IFDLUIBUUIFVTFDPOEJUJPOTBSFTBUJTmFEXJUI SFGFSFODFUPUIFUISVTUoTQFFEHSBQI 'JHVSF

*OUIFDBTFPGVTFGPSUSBOTQPSUBUJPO DIFDLUIBUUIFNBTT PGUIFDPOWFZFENBUFSJBMJTXJUIJOUIFBMMPXBCMFSBOHF 5BCMF

LPE100L

4FMFDUPQUJPOTBTSFRVJSFE

10 15 15 10 9 8 6 15 8 5 5 5 4 15 12 10 9 8 7 12 8 5 5 5 4

100 200 300 400 500 600 100 200 300 400 500 600 100 200 300 400 500 600 100 200 300 400 500 600

200V/50Hz

Speed（mm/s）

200V/60Hz

Speed（mm/s）

250

250

250

200

200

200

LPE025HT LPE050LT LPE050HT LPE100LT

150 100


150 100 50

50

0

0

500

750

1000

Thrust（N)

0

250

500

750

1000

Thrust（N)

Model number


100

0

250

220V/60Hz

150

50 0

500 ーーーーーー 5 5 5 3 2 2 10 8 6 5 4 3 8 8 5 5 4 4

1000 ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー 5 5 4 3 2 2

7DEOH&RQYH\HGPDWHULDOPDVV LQFRQVLGHUDWLRQRILQHUWLD ㎏

)LJXUH7KUXVW²VSHHGJUDSK Speed（mm/s）

250 12 12 10 5 4 3 10 8 5 5 4 4 12 10 10 8 7 6 10 8 5 5 5 4

0

250

500

750

1000

Horizontal Vertical

LPE025HT

50

25

LPE050LT

100

50

LPE050HT

100

50

LPE100LT

200

100

Thrust（N)

7VHULHV

1PXFSWPMUBHF GSFRVFODZ 5ZQFPGMPBEPG NBDIJOFVTFE &OWJSPONFOUPGVTF )PVSTPGPQFSBUJPOBOE BOOVBMOVNCFSPG PQFSBUJOHEBZT

.BDIJOFUPVTFBOE BQQMJDBUJPO 5ISVTUPSMPBE N｛㎏f ｝ 4USPLF mm 4QFFE mm/s 'SFRVFODZPGPQFSBUJPO TUBSUTNJO

TUBSUTNJO

Thrust N

Stroke mm

0XOWLVHULHV

Model number

0LQLVHULHV

7DEOH$OORZDEOHQXPEHURIVWDUWV

,QTXLU\)RUP

■&RQGLWLRQVRIXVHUHTXLUHGIRUVHOHFWLRQ

*VHULHV

6HOHFWLRQ

5IFEBUBPGUIFBCPWFUBCMFBOEmHVSFBSFOVNFSJDBMWBMVFTBUBOBNCJFOUUFNQFSBUVSFPG℃5IFOVNFSJDBMWBMVFTNBZWBSZEFQFOEJOHPOUIFBNCJFOUUFNQFSBUVSFBOEPUIFSDPOEJUJPOT TPVTFUIFNBTBHVJEF 4FMFDUBQPXFSDZMJOEFSPGBTVGmDJFOUUISVTU BMMPXJOHGPSBTBGFUZSBUFTPUIBUUIFMPBETVTFE TUBUJDBOEEZOBNJD EPOPUFYDFFEUIFSBUFEUISVTU

46

Application Solution Heat treatment furnace ● Substitution

Link structure

for pneumatic cylinders For door opening and closing at a heat treatment furnace outlet for metallic parts, the SpeedMech enabling reliable closing and holding of pressing force has been adopted because of the problem of a pneumatic cylinder, which would conventionally be used: the door-closed state cannot be maintained due to air leakage. It is usable because the temperature around the cylinder is 40° C or less.

[Closeup]

Air duct ● Substitution

Link structure

for other companies’ electric cylinders For closing a damper reliably, the cylinder needs a press contact stop (thrust detecting mechanism). With conventional electric cylinders, stroke adjustments are made by an external limit switch, but the SpeedMech requires no positioning LS.

[Top view]

47

● Substitution

for pneumatic cylinders

[Closeup]

)VHULHV

(FRVHULHV

Since the destinations of conveyed objects are limited to two directions, reciprocations between two points are sufficient for the cylinder. On the extending side, the cylinder extends to the stroke end and stops automatically. The same applies on the retracting side. Magnetic sensors are equipped because there is a need to remotely confirm the side on which the guide exists. The SpeedMech and guide are a link mechanism.

Power Cylinder

Link structure

Sorting

Conveyed objects on the roller conveyor are guided by moving the guide (bar) for direction change according to their destinations. The SpeedMech has been adopted to drive this guide.

Link structure

Stopper for pneumatic cylinders

A conveyed object on the conveyor is temporarily stopped by the stopper. When the cylinder rod fully extends, the stopper goes down, allowing the conveyed object to pass through. When the cylinder rod retracts to the backward limit, the stopper goes up to stop the conveyed object.

7VHULHV

● Substitution

*VHULHV

Points for adoption

① Total cost reduction ② Environment-friendliness Pneumatic type has adverse environmental effects caused by noise and oil mist generation.

0XOWLVHULHV

Compared with air type, the total cost can be reduced. The running cost can also be reduced.

● Substitution


A specific object conveyed on the conveyor is pushed by the pusher to change the traveling direction. On the extending side, the cylinder extends to the stroke end to fully push the conveyed object with reliability. After the conveyed object is fully pushed, the cylinder rod is returned as quickly as possible.

0LQLVHULHV

Direct-push structure

Pusher

① Simplified piping and wiring In the case of air, piping and wiring become complicated because solenoid valves, speed controllers, etc., are required.

② Cylinder speed

,QTXLU\)RUP

Points for adoption

The speed, which is faster than that of conventional electric cylinders, cylinders virtually approaches that of pneumatic cylinders.

48

Application Solution Direct-push structure

Lifter ● Substitution

for hydraulic cylinders On the extending side, the cylinder stops automatically when hitting against the wall on the other side. On the retracting side, it stops at the stroke end. The cylinder rod position is always checked by outputting a signal with the optional magnetic sensor. Also, since the equipment on the other side has no anti-rotation mechanism, the optional rod anti-rotation specification has been adopted.

Wall Table side side

[Closeup]

Using a hydraulic cylinder for table elevation, there is danger that the table may fall due to oil leakage from the hydraulic cylinder during an attempt to fix at the ascent position. The SpeedMech has been adopted to fix the table position.


Door opening and closing ● Substitution


Generally, pneumatic cylinders are adopted for opening and closing the automatic doors of machines, such as lathes, but there is an increasing demand for motorization in consideration of environmental aspects. Also, wiring man-hours can be reduced compared with air piping and wiring.

Points for adoption

① Environment-friendliness Being free from noise and oil mist like pneumatic cylinders, the environmentally-friendly points have been well-recognized.

② Simplified wiring Compared with air piping, extra work and maintenance are not required because it can be actuated by the power line alone.

49

● Substitution


Bread dough in the hopper drops from the discharge spout, and the bread dough is cut by the opposing cylinders. Each cutter-equipped cylinder end stops just before the cutters collide with each other.

Points for adoption

① Simplified piping and wiring In the case of air, piping and wiring become complicated because solenoid valves, speed controllers, etc., are required.

Power Cylinder


Cutter

Link structure

Gate opening and closing ● Substitution

for hydraulic cylinders

When pouring fresh concrete into formwork, the gate (lid) is opened and closed. The gate is closed by the cylinder in the pulling direction. If the fresh concrete has a high water content, there is a need to close the gate reliably in order to prevent leakage from the hopper. Conventionally, a hydraulic cylinder would be adopted.

)VHULHV

* Cylinder end mounting flanges are not included as options. Also, centering is required for installation.

*VHULHV

The cylinder brake is intended for holding, but in an emergency, it can urgently be stopped even in the middle of a stroke.

(FRVHULHV

② Emergency stop

Points for adoption

The hydraulic method requires time and effort, and cost for piping, and also maintenance should be performed.


Shutter opening and closing ● Substitution


In the process of conveying grains, a fixed amount of raw materials in the tank is dropped down and weighed. At that time, when the shutter is opened and closed, it should quickly be performed because the material drops at a high speed. Also, there is a need to close the shutter reliably and hold the pressing force.

0XOWLVHULHV

② Reduction of piping and maintenance work

0LQLVHULHV

There is a need to close the gate quickly in order to secure a specified amount of pouring.

7VHULHV

① High speed

① High speed The shutter is closed quickly to prevent more than a fixed amount of raw materials from dropping.

② Holding of pressing force After the shutter is closed, the state needs to be held. (Press contact stop)

,QTXLU\)RUP

Points for adoption

50

:$51,1* &DXWLRQVIRUVHOHFWLQJ ●/PBOUJSPESPUBUJPONFDIBOJTNJTBUUBDIFEUPBDZMJOEFSXJUITUBOEBSETQFDJmDBUJPOT5PVTFUIFFOEQBSUGSFFMZ TFMFDUUIFBOUJSPESPUBUJPOTQFDJmDBUJPOT PQUJPO "OEXIFOBNBHOFUJDTFOTPS PQUJPO JTFRVJQQFE BOUJSPESPUBUJPOTQFDJmDBUJPOTBSFSFRVJSFE ●3FGFSUPUIFBMMPXBCMFOVNCFSUBCMFPOQBHFUPDIFDLUIBUUIFOVNCFSPGUIFTUBSUTPGTFMFDUFEDZMJOEFSJT XJUIJOUIFBMMPXBCMFSBOHF ●*GUIJTDZMJOEFSJTVTFEGPSQSFTTPSQVMMDPOUBDUTUPQQJOH UIFTUSFOHUIPGUIFFRVJQNFOUTJEFNVTUCFPS NPSFPGUIFSBUFEUISVTU ●4USVDUVSBMMZ UIJTQPXFSDZMJOEFSJTBOJOEPPSUZQF4JODFUIFSFBSFQSPCMFNT TVDIBTSVTUGPSNBUJPO TUPSFJOB HPPEJOEPPSFOWJSPONFOU1BZTVGmDJFOUBUUFOUJPOUPIVNJEJUZ#FBXBSFUIBUJGJUJTJOTUBMMFEJOBQMBDFXIFSFUIF UFNQFSBUVSFDIBOHFTSBQJEMZ DPOEFOTBUJPOXJMMPDDVS DBVTJOHGBJMVSFPSSVTU ●%POPUTUPSFPSVTFJOBDPSSPTJWFBUNPTQIFSF"MTP JUDBOOPUCFVTFEJOBnBNNBCMFBUNPTQIFSF ●%POPUVTFJOBQMBDFXIFSFUIFSFJTOPFYQFDUBUJPOGPSIFBUEJTTJQBUJPO TVDIBTJOBDMPTFEDPOUBJOFSCFDBVTF EPJOHTPXJMMDBVTFGBJMVSF

&DXWLRQVIRULQVWDOODWLRQ ●*OTUBMMUIFNBJOCPEZVTJOHBUSVOOJPOPSBnBOHFNPVOU 8IFOJUJTVTFEXJUIPTDJMMBUJPOVTJOHBUSVOOJPONPVOU TFMFDUBOIUZQFPS BO6UZQFFOEmUUJOH ●*GMBUFSBMMPBEJTBQQMJFE QSPWJEFBHVJEFTPBTOPUUPSFDFJWFMBUFSBMMPBE PSCFOEJOHNPNFOUEJSFDUMZ ●8IFOJUJTJOTUBMMFEXJUIBnBOHFNPVOU JOTUBMMJUJOUIFWFSUJDBMEJSFDUJPO 3FGFSUPUIFmHVSFBUUIFSJHIU

●8IFOJUJTVTFEIPSJ[POUBMMZGPSBMPOHTUSPLF TVQQPSUUIFCPUUPNQBSUPG UIFGSBNFFOEBTTIPXOJOUIFmHVSFCFMPX%POPUmYUIFGSBNFBOEUIF TVQQPSUJOHCBTF

5SVOOJPONPVOU

'MBOHFNPVOU

'SBNFFOETVQQPSU %POPUmY

&DXWLRQVIRUXVH ●5IFNPUPSTUPQTXIFOQSFTTPSQVMMDPOUBDUTUPQT IPXFWFS POUIFUFSNJOBMCMPDLFMFDUSJDJUZJTTUJMMCFJOH DPOEVDUFE/FWFSGBJMUPDVUPGGUIFNBJOQPXFSTPVSDFCFGPSFXPSLJOHXJUIUIFUFSNJOBMCPYPQFO ● 8IFOBEKVTUJOHUIFTUSPLFNBOVBMMZ SFNPWFUIFDBQCPMUPGUIFPQQPTJUFMPBETJEFPGUIFNPUPS BOEUVSOUIF NBOVBMTIBGUXJUIBnBUCMBEFTDSFXESJWFSPSUIFMJLF)PXFWFS VTFUIJTPOMZBTBOFNFSHFODZTJODFJUJTBO PQFSBUJPOXJUIUIFCSBLFXPSLJOH"OEXIFOPQFSBUJOHNBOVBMMZ NBLFTVSFUPSFNPWFUIFMPBE ● /FWFSVTFBOJOWFSUFS5IJTDZMJOEFSDPOUSPMTUIFQSFTTDPOUBDUGPSDFCZEFUFDUJOHPWFSDVSSFOUXJUIUIFCVJMUJO $%4JOTJEFUIFUFSNJOBMCMPDLBOETUPQQJOHUIFNPUPS*GBOJOWFSUFSJTVTFE UIF$%4DJSDVJUNBZCFCSPLFO ● .FHHFSUFTUJOHJTQSPIJCJUFEGPSUIJTDZMJOEFS*UNBZCSFBLUIFCVJMUJO$%43FNPWFBMMUIFUFSNJOBMTJOUIF UFSNJOBMCMPDLGPSNFHHFSUFTUJOHPGFYUFSOBMDJSDVJUT ● &OTVSFUIFDIBOHFPWFSCFUXFFOFYUFOEBOESFUSBDUBSFBUBOJOUFSWBMPGTFDPOETPSNPSF ● 5IFUFNQFSBUVSFBSPVOEUIFNPUPSNBZSBQJEMZJODSFBTFEVSJOHPQFSBUJPOBOEJNNFEJBUFMZBGUFSTUPQQJOH%P OPUUPVDIBSPVOEUIFNPUPSQBSU ● 3FGFSUPUIFEJBHSBNCFMPXGPSDPOOFDUJPOBOESFGFSFODFDJSDVJUSZ Main circuit power source Control board Motor with brake

Control circuit

① 5IJTJTBTJOHMFBDUJOHDJSDVJUEJBHSBN5IFDZMJOEFSFYUFOETXJUIUIF1#'BOEBVUPNBUJDBMMZ TUPQTXJUIUIFQSFTTDPOUBDUGPSDFBUUIFTUSPLFFOEPSXIFOIJUUJOHBXBMMJOUIFNJEEMFPGB TUSPLF FUD'PSSFUSBDU UIFDZMJOEFSSFUSBDUTXJUIUIF1#3BOETUPQTJOUIFTBNFNBOOFSBT UIFFYUFOETJEF1SPWJEFBDJSDVJUGPSBMMPXJOH.$'BOE.$3UPCFUVSOFE0''FWFSZUJNFUIF DZMJOEFSTUPQT ② 36/BOE$0.UFSNJOBMTDBOUBLFPVUUIFPVUQVUTJHOBMPGUIFDZMJOEFSBDUJPO 0QFODPMMFDUPSPVUQVUN"NBYJNVN7%$ $PJMDVSSFOUPGUIFSFMBZ"3NVTUCFN"%$PSMFTT ③ 6TFBOFMFDUSPNBHOFUJDDPOUBDUPSXJUIBDPOUBDUDBQBDJUZPG4$NBEFPGB'VKJ&MFDUSJDPS FRVJWBMFOU

51

F series

Power Cylinder Eco series

Power Cylinder

Small thrust type Power Cylinder, driven by DC (Battery) power source. AC power source is also available with AC adaptor (Option). Optimum for outdoor use, such as agricultural machine, multistory car parking.

F series


● Light weight, small type

● Effective utilization of installation space The hole of the clevis fitting is made in 2 directions at right angles to each other, the installation method can be selected from 4 directions so that it does not interfere with machine, etc.

G series

Compact design where the operating part and the motor part are right angle.

The DC power source type (12V DC, 24V DC) is standard. By using the AC adapter (sold separately), it can also be used with an AC power source. (LPF010, 020, 040 types)

● Wide variety of options Various options are available in comparison to the conventional type.

T series

● Versatile power source

・Stroke adjustment external limit switch ・Bellows

Mini series Inquiry Form

・Overload detection unit

Multi series

・Position detection unit (internal limit switch, potentiometer)

52

Model No. designation

LP F 040 L 2.0 V K2J Power Cylinder

Thrust

F series

Nominal stroke

010：100N｛ 10.2Of ｝ 0.5：50mm No code：12V DC 020：200N｛ 20.4Of ｝ 1.0：100mm V：24V DC 040：400N｛ 40.8Of ｝ 1.5：150mm 100：1.00kN｛ 102Of ｝ 2.0：200mm * The above is an indication example. 200：2.00kN｛ 204Of ｝ 300：3.00kN｛ 306Of ｝ 600：6.00kN｛ 612Of ｝ Speed L, M, H

Standard model list

LPF010H

LPF020M

LPF040L

LPF100H

LPF200M

LPF300L

LPF600L

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0

LPF010H

LPF020M

LPF040L

LPF100H

LPF200M

LPF300L

LPF600L

N ｛Of｝

100

10.2

200

20.4

400

40.8

1.00k 102

2.00k 204

3.00k 306

6.00k 612

Stroke

mm

50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 100 200 300 400 500 600

Rated speed Power source Rated load current

mm/s

V

(LPF-600 cannot be manufactured)

potentiometer P : With (Cannot be used together with K2) (LPF-600 cannot be manufactured)

J : With bellows

A

Locked rotor current

A

54

3.2 (1.6)

16.7 (7.5)

24

3.2 (1.6)

16.7 (7.5)

15

3.7 (1.8)

16.7 (7.5)

18 (10)

63 (52)

Item Model

LPF010 LPF010 LPF020 LPF020 LPF040 LPF040 LPF100 LPF100 LPF200 LPF200 LPF300 LPF300 LPF600 LPF600

H H V M MV L L V H H V M MV L L V L L V

Voltage

Output

V

W

Rated time

29

5 minutes

160

5 minutes

12 24 12 24 12 24 12 24 12 24 12 24 12 24

12 DC or 30

24 DC

Standard use environment

18

22 (11)

63 (52)

9

22 (11)

63 (52)

8

20 (10)

63 (52)

Environment

Model

Outdoor type

Ambient −5℃∼40℃ temperature Relative 85% or less (no dew condensation) humidity Shock 1G or less resistance value Installation 1000m or lower above sea level altitude Atmosphere

Note) 1. In the case of 24V DC, V is attached at the end of the model number. 2. The numerical value in parentheses is an electric current value at the time of 24V DC. 3. Use a power source with a sufficient capacity in consideration of the locked rotor current.

53

(not available for a stroke 50mm model)

internal LS for position detection K2 : with (Cannot be used together with P)

Motor specifications Rated thrust

0.5 V 1.0 V 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 1.0 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 4.0 V 5.0 V 6.0 V

No code: Standard type L : With external LS for stroke adjustment

* Arrange the optional codes in the above specified order.

* The speed is determined for each thrust.

Model number

Options

Voltage code

Normally outdoors

1) If used below the freezing point, the characteristics of the cylinder (current value, speed) may change from the influence of grease. 2) Cylinders with bellows are recommended in an excessively dusty location. 3) All models are totally enclosed structures so that they can be used normally outdoors, however, when exposed to constant adverse conditions such as water, steam and snow accumulation, an appropriate cover is required. When using at 40℃ or higher, always protect with a heat insulating cover, etc. Never use in a flammable atmosphere. Otherwise it may cause an explosion and fire. In addition, avoid using in a location where vibration or shock exceeding 1G is applied. 4）For use in a misty atmosphere, contact us.

LPF010∼LPF040

* No protective device is equipped.

Gear housing Outer cylinder

X

X

Nut

Cylinder retainer Rod

End fitting

Worm wheel

Screw shaft

Worm

Power Cylinder

Structure

Eco series

DC motor

Do not loosen the set screws.

LPF100∼LPF300

Gear housing

Outer cylinder adapter

Outer cylinder

Cylinder retainer

End fitting

Rod

X

Nut

G series

X

F series

X-X

Screw shaft Torque limiter

Worm Worm wheel

T series

DC motor

X

Outer cylinder adapter

X

Outer cylinder

Ball nut

Sliding collar

Cylinder retainer

Rod

End fitting

Screw shaft Torque limiter

Worm

Mini series

Gear housing

Worm wheel DC motor

Inquiry Form

LPF600

Multi series

X-X

X-X

54

Selection Operating conditions required for selection 1. Used machine and application

3. Stroke mm

5. Frequency of operation, number of start/min.

2. Thrust or load N｛㎏f ｝

4. Speed mm/s

6. Power voltage, frequency

Selecting procedures 1. Select a suitable model number based on the thrust or load N { ㎏f }, stroke mm, speed mm/s. 2. Use the cylinder at an allowable operating frequency 2 times/min., allowable duty factor: 25%ED (5 minute basis), as for the frequency of operation. The Working time rate is a ratio of the operating time per 5 minutes on a 5-minute basis.

Working time rate（％ED）＝

Operating time of 1 cycle ×100％ Operating time of 1 cycle + dwell time

Duration of life as a guide Duration of life is 15,000 reciprocations, as a guide. * Select a power cylinder of a sufficient thrust, allowing for a safety factor so that the loads used (static and dynamic) do not exceed the rated thrust.

12V DC power source

24V DC power source

60.0 2.0

70.0 4.0

60.0 2.0 50.0

50.0

0.0

0 100｛10.2｝

0

50｛5.1｝

Thrust kN｛Of｝

LPF020M V 3.0

2.0

10.0

Speed mm/s

30.0

Current value A

Speed mm/s

LPF020M

20.0

30.0 3.0 20.0

2.0

10.0.

1.0

0

0.0

0 50｛5.1｝ 100｛10.2｝ 150｛15.3｝ 200｛20.4｝

1.0

0

0 50｛5.1｝ 100｛10.2｝ 150｛15.3｝ 200｛20.4｝ Thrust kN｛Of｝

Thrust kN｛Of｝

LPF040L V 4.0

10.0

2.0

0

0 100｛10.2｝ 200｛20.4｝ 300｛30.6｝ 400｛40.8｝ Thrust kN｛Of｝

Speed mm/s

20.0

Current value A

Speed mm/s

LPF040L

0.0

0 100｛10.2｝

Current value A

50｛5.1｝

20.0

4.0

10.0

2.0

0.0

0

Current value A

0

Thrust kN｛Of｝

0.0

Current value A

4.0

Speed mm/s

70.0

0.0

Speed Current

LPF010H V Current value A

Speed mm/s

LPF010H

Legend

Characteristics graph

0 100｛10.2｝ 200｛20.4｝ 300｛30.6｝ 400｛40.8｝ Thrust kN｛Of｝

Note) The graphs show standard values (12V/24V DC power source, ambient temperature 20°C). The speed and the current value vary depending on conditions of power source and ambient temperatures, etc.

27 55

10.0

20.0

Speed mm/s

15.0 30.0

Current value A

Speed mm/s

40.0

40.0 30.0

10.0

20.0

Current value A

15.0

20.0

5.0

0.0

0

0.5{51}

1.00{102}

5.0

10.0

0.0

0.0

0

0.5{51}

1.00{102}

Thrust kN｛Of｝

Thrust kN｛Of｝

LPF200M

25.0

20.0

15.0 10.0

Speed mm/s

20.0

LPF200M V

30.0 Current value A

Speed mm/s

30.0

0.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

10.0

10.0

5.0

Current value A

10.0

Power Cylinder

LPF100H V

LPF100H

F series

24V DC power source

Eco series

Legend

12V DC power source

Speed Current

5.0

2.00{204}

0.0

0.0

0

1.00{102}

LPF300L

15.0 10.0

5.0

Speed mm/s

20.0

LPF300L V

15.0 Current value A

Speed mm/s

25.0

10.0

0.0

Thrust kN｛Of｝

Thrust kN｛Of｝

15.0

2.00{204}

G series

1.00{102}

15.0

10.0

10.0

5.0

5.0

T series

0

Current value A

0.0

2.00{204}

3.00{306}

0.0

0.0

0

1.00{102}

2.00{204}

15.0

5.0

10.0

Speed mm/s

20.0

Current value A

Speed mm/s

LPF600L V

25.0

10.0

0.0

Thrust kN｛Of｝

Thrust kN｛Of｝

LPF600L

3.00{306}

15.0

10.0 10.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

0.0

0

2.00{204}

4.00{408}

6.00{612}

0.0

Thrust kN｛Of｝

0.0

0

2.00{204}

4.00{408}

6.00{612}

0.0

Thrust kN｛Of｝

Mini series

1.0{102}

Inquiry Form

0

Current value A

0.0

Multi series

5.0

Note) The graphs show standard values (12V/24V DC power source, ambient temperature 20°C). The speed and the current value vary depending on conditions of power source and ambient temperatures, etc.

28 56

Dimensions Table LPF010∼LPF040：Basic type UL1007 AWG18 (0.8mm2 equivalent) Length 300mm 30

121 +0.2 0

18 φ38

20

φ22 12 35

22

51 A

8

XA

8

Rated thrust

Model number

N

0.5 1.0 LPF010H 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.5 1.0 LPF020M 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.5 1.0 LPF040L 1.5 2.0 3.0

0.5 V 1.0 V LPF010H 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V LPF020M 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V LPF040L 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V

3.5

｛Of｝

Stroke mm 50

Dimensions mm XA A MIN. MAX. 162 220 270

Rated speed mm/s

200

400

10.2

20.4

40.8

Approximate mass O 1.0

212

270

370

1.2

262

320

470

1.4

200

312

370

570

1.6

300

412

480

780

2.0

50

162

220

270

1.0

100

212

270

370

1.2

262

320

470

1.4

200

312

370

570

1.6

300

412

480

780

2.0

50

162

220

270

1.0

100

212

270

370

1.2

262

320

470

1.4

200

312

370

570

1.6

300

412

480

780

2.0

100 100

44

150

150

150

54

24

15

Note) V is attached at the end of the model number for 24V DC.

Options ■With external limit switch for stroke adjustment Note) No limit switch for stroke adjustment is attached to the model of 50 mm stroke. The above-mentioned XA dimensions will not change even after attaching an external limit switch for stroke adjustment and bellows. The mechanical stroke preset value is 60mm or more. However, note that it does not include the coasting distance.

24

39.4

6

R4

11

9

0.75mm2 Length 300mm

■With bellows

22

■LS specification (common for LPF010H ‒ LPF600L) Model

φ55

31

Circuit configuration

Power rating Connection

29 57

45

22

D2VW-5L2A-1M equivalent OMRON Red Blue

Black

250V AC 4A（cos φ=0.7）、30V DC 4A（time constant 7ms or less） 0.75mm2×3C Length 300m, discrete lead wire

59.4

φ8

φ8

□22

+0.2 0

φ35

□42

UL1015 AWG16 (1.25mm2 equivalent) Length 200mm

20

Rated thrust kN ｛Of｝

0.5 1.0 LPF100H 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.5 1.0 LPF200M 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.5 1.0 LPF300L 1.5 2.0 3.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 LPF600L 4.0 5.0 6.0

15

XA

Model number

0.5 V 1.0 V LPF100H 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V LPF200M 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 0.5 V 1.0 V LPF300L 1.5 V 2.0 V 3.0 V 1.0 V 2.0 V 3.0 V LPF600L 4.0 V 5.0 V 6.0 V

35.5 37.5 75

A

Rated speed

Stroke mm 50

mm/s

XL

2.00

3.00

6.00

102

204

306

612

Approximate mass O 5.0

260

325

425

5.3

310

395

545

5.6

200

360

445

645

5.9

300

460

545

845

6.5

50

210

275

325

5.0

100

260

325

425

5.3

310

395

545

5.6

200

360

445

645

5.9

300

460

545

845

6.5

50

210

275

325

5.0

100

260

325

425

5.3

310

395

545

5.6

200

360

445

645

5.9

300

460

545

845

6.5

100

297

360

460

5.9

200

397

480

680

6.5

300

497

580

880

7.1

597

705

1105

7.8

500

697

805

1305

8.4

600

797

920

1520

9.0

100 1.00

Dimensions mm XA MIN. MAX. 210 275 325 A

150

30

150

18

150

58.5

9

8

400

95.5

Eco series

48.5 XL

66

F series

23

φ63.5

φ28

□40

30

φ15

φ45

φ15

+0.2 0

191

φ55

+0.2 0

13.5

100.5

□70

G series

LPF100∼LPF600：Basic type

Power Cylinder

Dimensions Table

T series

Note) V is attached at the end of the model number for 24V DC.

Options ■With external limit switch for stroke adjustment

2

R5

28.5

40

11

Multi series

Note) No limit switch for stroke adjustment is attached to the model of 50 mm stroke. The above-mentioned XA dimensions will not change even after attaching an external limit switch for stroke adjustment and bellows. The mechanical stroke preset value is 60mm or more. However, note that it does not include the coasting distance.

12

35

52.5

27.5

Mini series

0.75mm2 Length 300mm

■With bellows

Inquiry Form

φ70

47

30 58

Position Detection unit ① LPF010∼LPF040

(22)

100 22

84

10.5

48

94

18

46

78

45

Cabtire cable

(12)

0.5mm2 x 6C length 500mm (internal limit switch) 0.5mm2 x 3C length 500mm (potentiometer) For connection, see the position detecting device specifications on page 60.

② LPF100∼LPF300

115.5 37.5

(22)

84

41.5

48

94

18

46

78

60.5

Cabtire cable

(12)

0.5mm2 x 6C length 500mm (internal limit switch) 0.5mm2 x 3C length 500mm (potentiometer)

Note) Note that a position detecting unit cannot be manufactured for LPF600.

For connection, see the position detecting device specifications on page 60.

Internal structure For the position detecting unit, the following 2 types of position detecting devices can be built in as requested.

① Internal limit switch for position detection

② Potentiometer

LS1

LS2

Potentiometer

Note) An internal limit switch for position detection and a potentiometer cannot be used together.

59 31

Use this LS when an external limit switch cannot be attached for reasons of installation space, or when the atmosphere is an adverse environment (with litter, dust, corrosion, etc.). When attaching 2 positions: Option code K2 Note) Up to 2 internal limit switches can be built in. (A position detecting device with 4 internal LS cannot be manufactured)

Model

Install the power cylinder to the machine, and move the rod to a desired position to stop or to a position to detect the position.

3.

Rotate the LS cam and tighten the hexagon socket set screw and fix it at the position where the microswitch acts. At this point, based on the previously checked rotating direction, set the LS at the front side considering the cylinder coasting amount.

Yellow

White

Brown

Electrical rating

250V AC 2A（cosφ=0.4）

Connection

0.5mm2×6C Length 500 mm Cabtire cable LS cam

Hexagon socket set screw

Potentiometer

CP-30 equivalent Sakae Tsushin Kogyo

Model

This is a variable resistor to output electrical signals according to the stroke amount of the cylinder. Use it together with a print board and a stroke indication meter. The resistance value according to the model is already adjusted at the time of shipment. The potentiometer is set to work within the effective angle. Note that if the rod is rotated before installation, a phase with stroke will shift.

* Note that LPF600 type with a position detecting unit is not available. * When an internal limit switch for position detection and a potentiometer are attached, the torque limiter mechanism is removed to prevent deviation in the preset values. Do not apply any load of the rated thrust or more to the cylinder during installation and operation of the cylinder. It may cause burnout of the motor. And do not hit the cylinder on the stroke end. It may cause the rod to get caught or burnout the motor.

Total resistance

1kΩ

Power rating

0.75W

Dielectric strength

1000V AC 1min.

Effective electrical angle

355°±5°

Effective mechanical angle

F series

2.

Black

360°Endless

2 Connection 0.5mm ×3C Length 500 mm Cabtire cable

P1

P3

P2 Cylinder rod retract

Cylinder rod extend

Control optional Overload detection unit

Necessary for protection against instantaneous overload and for press contact stop.

Applicable for LPF010, LPF020, LPF040

Model number

LPF−K12

LPF−K24

Power source

10 ∼ 14V DC

20 ∼ 28V DC

Rated current Overload protection function

F

67.7

R

0V

75

65

＋V

(fixed) 0.3s

Start time

or less (fixed) 0.1s

Shock time

Operation specifications DM

Rod retract at ON between R and +V Rod stops with ON both between F and +V and between R and +V

M2

DM

1.8A DC 4.0A DC (fixed)

Rod extend at ON between F and +V

M1

DC motor

3.7A DC 7.0A DC (fixed)

5

5

35

76

Ambient temperature

−15 ∼ 40℃

Ambient humidity

45 ∼ 85％RH (no dew condensation)

Structure

Panel inside storing type Case: ABS

Mass

0.2O

* No signal is output at time of overload.

Multi series

Fuse

Load current

T series

* For LPF100 through 600, the overload detection unit is a special type.

2 ‒ φ4.6 hole

DC power source

G series

Operate the power cylinder individually before installing to the machine and check the rotation direction of the LS cam.

LS 2 for retract

Red Green


Setting of limit switch 1.

SS-5GL2 equivalent OMRON LS 1 for extend

Power Cylinder

Internal limit switch for position detection

Eco series

Position detecting device specifications

AC adapter

（2.6）

84 54

5

90 9

5

Model number

LPF−A24

Applicable motor

24V DC 29W

Power source

Commercial power source 100V AC 50/60Hz 200/220V AC 50/60Hz

130 140

91

Rated current Overload protection function

1.8A DC

Load current

4.0A DC (fixed)

Start time

(fixed) 0.3s

Shock time

or less (fixed) 0.1s Rod extend at ON between F and COM

Operation specifications

Rod retract at ON between R and COM Rod stops with ON both between F and COM and between R and COM

0

100V 200V

Power source

F

R

COM

M1

M2

DM Motor 24V DC

Note) Check the cautions on page 62 when using an AC adapter.

Mini series

（2.6）

* AC adaptor for LPF100 to 600 is not available. * As for LPF100 to 600, a special type with an AC motor is manufactured.

Ambient temperature

−15∼40℃

Ambient humidity

45∼85％RH (no dew condensation)

Structure

Panel inside storing type Case: SPCC

Mass

2.5O

* The overload protection function is built in the AC adapter.

Inquiry Form

Applicable for LPF010, LPF020, LPF040

60 32

Control option (for potentiometer) Stroke indication meter 53.5 80

Appearance

Frame・Black

Scale specifications

Full stroke indicated by 100%

0

STROKE %

67

JIS C 1102 2.5 class

4-M3-8L

80

0

RM80B（100μA DC）equivalent

Class

28

10

Model number

60

40

20

12.5

φ52

Stroke is indicated by % according to the signal from the print board.

2-M4

64

穴

5 φ5

4 -φ4 hole

The voltage signal from the potentiometer of the position detecting unit of the Power Cylinder F series is converted to a current value.

（38）

□80

RF

C

LPCO-D

100/110V 200/220V

P1

1 R Print board 3 LPCO-D S 2

＋

PI

P2 −

5

70

R1 R3 ZD S R2 ADJUST R4 0% 100%

P POT

P3

66

Print board

Center of meter

22 4 48

Panel cut Model number

LPCO−D1 (Operation power: 100/110V 50/60Hz) LPCO−D2 (Operation power: 200/220V 50/60Hz)

EF R

Potentiometer

1 2 3 P-09

S

（9）

PI: Stroke indication meter

Adjust the meter with the adjustment dial on the print board. Do not make a mistake with the stroke indication meter (+) and (-). Replace the terminals 1 and 2 on the print board to make the indication meter 100% when the stroke is minimum.

（15） 8

10

4‒φ3.1 hole

26

Meter relay (the print board is the same as the print board of the stroke indication meter.)

0

0

“

100 40

4-M3

(+)

a c

Model number Class Appearance Scale Power source Input Output contact structure

Contact capacity

33 61

40

± 100 110V SOURCE 200

(-) M

220V

CONTACT RATING (RESISTIVE) 3A 250V AC , 3A 30V DC HIGH LOW

b

a

32

101 15

c

83

15 or less

32

)

b

(

Iron panel is standard. Contact TEM when installing an aluminum panel.

1

0

Used for simple adjustment of stroke on the operation panel.

NRC-100HL (TSURUGA) equivalent JIS C 1102 2.5 class Frame: Black Full stroke indicated by 100% 100/100V AC, 200/220V AC 50/60Hz 100μA DC maximum 1C for both HIGH, LOW sides (Refer to the figure at the right) 250V AC 3A（cosφ=1）

Indication needle

(In the case of b contact) Wiring is the same as the stroke indication meter, however, power supply is separately required for the meter relay. Supply from the operation power source, etc. As for the output contact, it is easy to connect the b contact serially to the b contact of the stroke adjustment LS, etc.

Lower limit indicator(L) ON OFF

Upper limit indicator(H) H side relay operation

ON OFF

L side relay operation

MF

12V DC or 24V DC

OCR

Use drive relays (MF, MR) with the following capacities.

Lead wire (black)

DM MR

LS11: Extend stroke adjustment external LS LS12: Retract stroke adjustment external LS

F

Lead wire (red)

NOTE：

CB2

(1) This diagram shows a single-acting circuit. When using in an inching circuit, remove the wire connections between N1 and N2, N3 and N4, and short-circuit the PBS. (2) A portion indicate a supply range of the power cylinder. Provide others than the portion on your side. (Stroke adjustment external LS is our option.) (3) Recommended breakers for LPF100H through LPF600L For 12V DC: NF32-SW 30A 250V DC (Mitsubishi Electric) or equivalent For 24V DC: NF32-SW 15A 250V DC (Mitsubishi Electric) or equivalent (4) Thermal relays for LPF100H through LPF600L For 12V DC: TH-N20 (Mitsubishi Electric) or equivalent For 24V DC: TH-N12 (Mitsubishi Electric) or equivalent

Control power

PL

OCR

MF PBS

PBF

LS11 N1

PBR CF

CR

CF

N2

MR CF

LS12 N3

CR

CR

N4

* CAUTION

Model

LPF010H LPF020M LPF040L LPF100H LPF200M LPF300L LPF600L

12V DC Spec. 24V DC Spec.

30A or more 30A or more (14V DC) (28V DC) 70A or more 60A or more (12V DC) (24V DC)

* Drive relays for LPF100H through 600L are also available from us. Contact us. Use fuses with the following capacities as a guide. Model

LPF010H LPF020M LPF040L LPF100H LPF200M LPF300L LPF600L

12V DC Spec. 24V DC Spec.

10A

5A

20A

10A

Eco series

Power cylinder

CB1

Power Cylinder

Wire connection diagram

F series

Be careful of the wire length (between motor and DC power source) and wire diameter in order to prevent voltage drop. Voltage drop may reduce the predetermined performance.

Overload detection unit (used for LPF010 through LPF040) Supply range

F ＋V

Fuse

DC power

0V M1

Black

M2

Red

DM

Supply range

G series

Terminal No.

R

* CAUTION When the overload detection has tripped, it is necessary to turn OFF the operation signal F or R once. If it is not turned OFF (not reset), a state that voltage is not output to the motor will be held. (Common to AC adaptor)

AC adaptor wire connection diagram (used for LPF010 through LPF040) AC adaptor

Power cylinder OCR

CB1 200V

Lead wire (black)

M1

LS11: Extend stroke adjustment external LS

100V

DM

LS12: Retract stroke adjustment external LS

M2

0

Lead wire (red)

CF2 F CR2 R COM

※ CF2 PBR

PBF

LS11

CR1 CF1

CF1 N1

※ CR2

N2 CF1

LS12

CR1 CR1 N3

AC adaptor F input

N4

AC adaptor R input

(1) This diagram shows a single-acting circuit. When using in an inching circuit, remove wire connections between N1, N2, N3 and N4. (2) A portion indicate a supply range of the power cylinder and AC adaptor. Provide others than the portion on your side. (Stroke adjustment external LS is our option.) (3) For relays of CF1, CF2, CR1 and CR2, OMRON relay MY or equivalent is recommended. (4) If the power source is 100V AC, connect the power to the dotted line part (100V terminal).

* CAUTION 1. Securely separate contacts of the relays CF2, CR2 connected to the operation signals F, R on the AC adaptor from the AC circuit (200V class, 400V class) for use. If the AC circuit is built in the same relay, arc is generated between contacts due to surge, and the AC adaptor may be broken. 2. If a surge intrudes from the power line, connect a surge killer to the power terminal as a surge countermeasure. Surge killers which we recommend are 100V terminal – ENC221D･*, 200V terminal – ENC471D･*(Fuji Electric). For details on surge countermeasures, contact TEM.

Mini series

NOTE：

OCR

Inquiry Form

PL

PBS

Multi series

200V AC or 100V AC

T series

(In the case of jogging operation, it is reset as the contact is opened when the push button is released (F or R is turned OFF).)

34 62

WARNING Cautions for installation ● Use pins to connect the power cylinder with the equipment. Align phases of pins (clevis fitting pin and end fitting pin). Apply grease into the clevis fitting holes and end fitting holes, and pins before installation. ● ● Pay attention so as not to apply a lateral load on the power cylinder when installing. ● All models are totally enclosed structures so that they can be used normally outdoors, however, under adverse conditions exposed to constant water and steam etc., and snow accumulation, although they are an outdoors type, an appropriate cover is required. The power cylinder can generally be used in a range of -5℃ to 40℃, although it varies depending on the use conditions. When using at 40℃ or higher, always protect with a heat insulating cover, etc. Never use in a flammable atmosphere, otherwise it may cause an explosion and fire. In addition, avoid using it in a location where vibration or shock exceeding 1G is applied. The main body is of outdoor specifications however, carry out proper waterproofing treatment on the motor lead ● wire terminal with waterproofing connectors etc.

Cautions for use ● Speed and current value change with an increase/decrease in load. For details, refer to the characteristics diagram. Linkage operation cannot be performed due to characteristics of the motor. ● When rectifying alternating current to use without using battery power, make sure to smoothen the current and provide a DC power supply with a capacity so that the voltage does not drop. It greatly affects performance of the power cylinder and the duration of the life of the brush. (As an option, an AC adaptor for an output voltage of 24V is available. This adaptor supports LPF010 to 040 only. For LPF 100 or larger, contact us separately. When using with other than commercial power supply, check that power voltage variation is within a range of ±10 ％ and the power supply is an alternating current power supply without strain.) ● When using an AC adaptor, use a power cylinder of 24V DC specifications. ● 12V DC specifications are within a voltage range from 10 to 14V, and 24V DC specifications are within a voltage range from 20 to 28V. Note that the speed varies if the voltage varies due to the characteristics of the DC motor. ● No overload detection mechanism is built in the LPF series. When detecting an overload, commonly use the overload detection unit as an option. For LPF010 to 040, combine with the overload detection unit to allow for press stopping. (For LPF100 to 600, an overload detection unit of special model can be manufactured, however, press stopping cannot be performed.) When press stopping is performed, allow the equipment to have a sufficient strength (rated thrust x 300%) When not using the overload detection unit, never perform press stopping, and use within the stroke range otherwise the power cylinder may be damaged. ● A model of stroke 50mm cannot be equipped with a stroke adjustment external LS. The mechanical stroke adjusting range of the stroke adjustment external LS is 60mm or more. However, note that it does not include a coasting distance. ● If coasting becomes a problem, provide a dynamic brake circuit separately. ● Our overload detection unit and AC adapter are provided with a dynamic brake circuit. ● Anti-rotation is required because the rod of the power cylinder generates a rotating force with thrust. The rotating force of the rod is as follows. Model Rod rotating force

Cautions for maintenance and inspection ● The operating portion and reduction portion are filled with grease, therefore, it is not necessary for them to be greased. ● The duration of life is 15000 reciprocations as a guide. ● Structurally, repairs and parts supply are not available. If the above reference life is exceeded, replace the main body with a new one.

63 35

Power Cylinder

F series plusα Plus α Ver.1 with AC motor

LPF 100 H 1.0 X - TK Thrust

Speed

Stroke

With special motor

Special model

* Specify single-phase or three-phase power voltage. （Power cylinder with brake is also available.）

Optimum for food machines, air conditioning equipment and

φ15

Operable with commercial power

23

LPF300L

LPF600L

210 260 310 360 460 297 397 497 597 697 797

58.5

95.5

Output

MIN

MAX

275 325 395 445 545 360 480 580 705 805 920

325 425 545 645 845 460 680 880 1105 1305 1520

Number of poles Power

Voltage Frequency

Heat resistance class Capacitor capacity Time rating Protection class

Three-phase

■Nominal speed list 100/100v 50/60Hz

200/200v 50/60Hz

LPF200M LPF300L LPF600L

● Indoor location which is not directly exposed to rain, wind, lightning or sunlight. ● Extent of sand and dust which exist in general factory (5mg/m3 or less)

Environment

Atmosphere

1) Characteristic current value and speed of the cylinder may change due to influence of grease when it is used at low temperatures. 2) Cylinders with bellows are recommended in an excessively dusty location.

Three-phase

200/200/220v 50/60/60Hz

9.0 / 11 6.0 / 7.0 3.0 / 4.0 2.5 / 3.0

LPF100H

Indoor type

Ambient temperature 5 ∼ 40℃ Relative humidity 85% or less Impact resistance value 1G or less Installation altitude 1000m or lower above sea level

S2 15min (Indoor type) IP42

mm/s

Single-phase Type

Model

Induction motor 90W Four-pole 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz E

Capacitor run 90W Four-pole 200/200V 50/60Hz E 7.5μF (Attached) S2 15min (Indoor type) IP42

9.0 / 11 / 11 6.0 / 7.0/ 8.0 3.0 / 4.0 / 4.0 2.5 / 3.0 / 3.0

G series

50 100 150 200 300 100 200 300 400 500 600

LPF100H LPF200M

A

■Standard use environment

Single-phase

Capacitor run 90W Four-pole 100/100V 50/60Hz E 30μF (Attached) S2 15min (Indoor type) IP42

Model

75 204.5

15

XA

■Motor specification XA

37.5

129.5

20

Dimensions mm XL

15

XL

66

A

■Dimensions Table Stroke mm

+0.2 0

φ15

48.5

40

35.5

φ28

+0.2 0

(single-phase, three-phase)

Model

30

φ45

φ55

+0.2 0

□40

φ15

20 AWG 3 pieces 300mm

3.5

110.5

□90

21

incineration equipment!

Plus α Ver.2 with ball clutch type overload protection device

LPF series

Thrust

Speed

Stroke

T series

LPF 100 H 1.0 - TK

Model designation

Eco series

LPF series

F series

Model designation

Special model * Designate as“with ball clutch type overload protection device.”

Optimum for agricultural machines!

48.5 XL

66

30 37.5 75

A

20

35.5

φ63.5

φ28

□40

23

Clicking sound informs

100.5

0

φ45

φ15+0.2

191

φ55

φ15 +0.2 0

13.5

Multi series

UL1015 AWG16 1.25mm² or equivalent length 200mm □70

15

XA

■Motor specifications Rated thrust

Model

kN ｛kgf｝ 0.5

0.5 V

1.0

1.0 V

LPF100H 1.5

LPF100H 1.5 V

2.0

2.0 V

3.0

3.0 V

0.5

0.5 V

1.0

1.0 V

LPF200M 1.5

LPF200M 1.5 V

2.0

2.0 V

3.0

3.0 V

0.5

1.00

102

2.00

204

3.00

306

0.5 V

1.0

1.0 V

LPF300L 1.5

LPF300L 1.5 V

2.0

2.0 V

3.0

3.0 V

Stroke

mm 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300 50 100 150 200 300

Rated speed

mm/s

XL

A

58.5

210 260 310 360 460 210 260 310 360 460 210 260 310 360 460

30

18

9

Approx. Mass

Dimensions（mm）

XA MIN 275 325 395 445 545 275 325 395 445 545 275 325 395 445 545

MAX 325 425 545 645 845 325 425 545 645 845 325 425 545 645 845

kg 5.0 5.3 5.6 5.9 6.5 5.0 5.3 5.6 5.9 6.5 5.0 5.3 5.6 5.9 6.5

Item Model LPF100H LPF100H V LPF200M LPF200M V LPF300L LPF300L V

Voltage

Output

V 12 24 12 24 12 24

W

160

■Standard use environment Rated time

5 minutes

Outdoor type -5 ∼ 40℃ Ambient temperature Relative humidity 85% or less 1G or less Impact resistance value Installation altitude 1000m or lower above sea level

Model

Environment

Atmosphere

Normal outdoors

1) If used below the freezing point, the characteristics of the cylinder (current value, speed) may change from the influence of grease. 2) Cylinders with bellows are recommended in an excessively dusty location. 3) All models are totally enclosed structures so that they can be used normally outdoors, however, when exposed to constant adverse conditions such as water, steam and snow accumulation, an appropriate cover is required. When using at 40℃ or higher, always protect with a heat insulating cover, etc. Never use in a flammable atmosphere, otherwise it may cause an explosion and fire. In addition, avoid using it in a location where vibration or shock exceeding 1G is applied.

Inquiry Form

■Dimensions Table

Mini series

of overload!

64 36

F series Plus α Plus α Ver.3A Parallel (folded type)

LPF 100 M K 1.0 - TK

Model designation

LPF series

Thrust

Speed

Parallel

Stroke

Special model

Optimum for outdoor use such as 114

UL1007 AWG18 (0.8mm² or equivalent)

62.5

20

φ30

90

3.8

90

55

φ22

5 20

φ8

φ35.8

100

φ20

agricultural machines!

8

15

12

φ

15

28.5

A

8

36 8

XA

40

Housing(M) made by YAZAKI 7122-2022 79

110

39.5 67

φ35

φ79 22.5 17 29

φ45

45

43

φ12.5 22

70

A XA

13

35

φ30

φ35 φ12.5

141.5

29 15.5

200

13

*Provide a YAZAKI housing (F) 7123-2024 (1 piece), terminal (F) 7116-2090 (2 pieces) for counterpart of the connector. Waterproof connectors are also available.

■Dimensions Table Model

mm LPF010MK LPF040LK LPF010MK LPF040LK LPF010MK LPF040LK LPF010MK LPF040LK

0.5(V) 0.5(V) 1.0(V) 1.0(V) 1.5(V) 1.5(V) 2.0(V) 2.0(V)

Dimension mm

Stroke

XA

A

Approx. mass

MIN

MAX

kg

50

129.5

190

240

0.8

100

179.5

240

340

0.9

150

229.5

290

440

1.0

200

279.5

340

540

1.1

Model

Stroke

mm LPF100MK LPF150LK LPF100MK LPF150LK LPF100MK LPF150LK LPF100MK LPF150LK

0.5(V) 0.5(V) 1.0(V) 1.0(V) 1.5(V) 1.5(V) 2.0(V) 2.0(V)

Dimension mm

A

XA

Rated thrust

N LPF010MK

LPF040LK

LPF100MK Model

■Standard use environment

■Standard model

100

400

1.00k

｛kgf｝ 10.2

40.8

102

Approx. mass

MIN

MAX

kg

50

77

205

255

3.6

100

127

255

355

3.9

150

177

305

455

4.2

200

227

355

555

4.5

LPF150LK

1.50k

153

Thrust detecting load

N 157

490

｛kgf｝ 16

50

Without thrust detecting mechanism * A ball clutch is built in for overload protection. However, it cannot be used for press stopping.

Stroke mm

50 100 150 200 50 100 150 200 50 100 150 200 50 100 150 200

Rated speed mm/s

50

Power V

Rated Locked load rotor current A current A

Model

Ambient temperature

12V DC 9.0 3.4 （24V DC）（1.7）（4.2）

12V DC 9.0 3.0 15 （24V DC）（1.5）（4.2）

27

12V DC 58 13 （24V DC）（6.5）（34）

17

12V DC 58 13 （24V DC）（6.5）（34）

Environment

Relative humidity Impact resistance value

Outdoor type

-5 ∼ 40℃ 85% or less 1G or less

Installation altitude


Atmosphere

Normal outdoors

Precautions for use 1. About voltage The voltage shall be 12V DC ±10% or 24V DC ±10%. If the voltage is low, the cylinder will slow down, due to which the overload detection LS may not operate. Be aware that if the voltage is high, it may be caught at the stroke end. (LPF100 and LPF150 should also be used within the above voltage range). 2. Pressing force In the case of press contact stopping, maximum pressing forces of 245N {25kgf} and 784N {80kgf} are exerted on LPF010MK and LPF040LK, respectively. Be aware that LPF100 and LPF150 cannot be used for press contact stopping. 3. Outdoor use All models have a totally enclosed structure so that they can be used normally outdoors. Even so, however, an appropriate cover is required in a severe environment that is splashed with water or vapor or in such a location where snow accumulates. For lead wire connection, use a waterproof connector. 4. Other With use below freezing, the characteristics (current value and speed) of the cylinder may vary according to the effect of grease. For use at 40°C or higher, always protect with a heat-insulating cover, etc. Never use in a flammable atmosphere. Doing so may cause an explosion or fire. In addition, avoid using in a location subjected to vibration or impact exceeding 1G.

65 37

G series


Power Cylinder

Power cylinder in intermediate thrust zone which can be used with AC power supply. This can be used across a wide range of applications such as steel, food and multistory car parking for general industry.

F series


Basic 630 models and approximately 9000 models including option are standardized. LPGA: Simple and basic economical type LPGB: Built-in slip overload protection mechanism type LPGC: Built-in thrust detection, press stop mechanism type

● Screw type selectable according to use

G series

● Wide variation

Trapezoidal screw excellent in cost performance Best-suited for low-speed, low-frequency use High-efficiency, long-life ball screw Best-suited for high-speed, high-frequency use

● Quiet operation Noise at the start and stop has been greatly reduced by drive of the motor with a quiet DC brake.

● Excellent speed stability

Multi series

Heat resistance class F and class H are supported. Different voltage specifications (Overseas voltages are supported.) Inverter specifications Global specifications (CE-compliant, UL-compliant and CCC-compliant) Explosion-proof specifications

T series

● Quick delivery of special motor (For details, refer to page 120.)

Inquiry Form

Mini series

This power cylinder is basically structured so that the screw shaft is rotated by the induction motor and the nut (rod) is extend and retract, allowing for a stable speed run which is hardly affected by load variation.

66 38


LP GC 300 L T 5 V T1 K2PⅠJ Power Cylinder

Motor spec symbol See page 120 ‒ 123.

Speed ：L, M, H, U

Thrust

*2

Nominal stroke

070：700N ｛ 71.4kNf ｝ 100：1.00kN ｛ 102kNf ｝ 150：1.50kN ｛ 153kNf ｝ 300：3.00kN ｛ 306kNf ｝

LPGA：Basic type LPGB：With torque limiter *1 LPGC：With thrust detection mechanism

No symbol：Standard type Anti-rod rotation Voltage symbol M *3 ：specifications two external limit switches L ：With for stroke adjustment Internal limit switch K2,K4 ：for positioning detection No symbol：200V class P ：Potentiometer 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz ：Rotary encoder V：400V class R 400/400/440V 50/60/60Hz C ：Clevis fitting *4 V1：380V/50Hz Ⅰ ：Ⅰ-type end fitting V2：380V/60Hz J ：Bellows *3 Anti-rotation mechanism for LPGC type is not V3：415V/50Hz available. *4 The clevis fitting cannot be combined with K2, V4：460V/60Hz K4, P or R.

*2 Make sure to select the stroke in consideration of the amount of coasting. See page 84.

1：100mm 3：300mm 5：500mm Shape of main body 10：1000mm

G series

Options

* The above shows display examples.

T：Straight K：Parallel

*1 Only parallel type is available.

Trapezoidal screw type standard model list

0.4

1

6.59

0.67

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

＊1

300 400 500 600

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

＊1

＊1

＊1

○

○

＊1

＊1

＊1

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

＊1

Anti-rotation mechanism

○

With torque limiter With thrust detection mechanism

○

＊1

100 200

Clevis fitting

0.16 0.24 0.16 0.22 0.34 0.22 0.34 0.50 0.50

Ⅰ-type end fitting

1.54 2.31 1.54 2.20 3.29 2.20 3.29 4.94 4.94

Position detection unit

1 3 4 1 3 4 1 3 4

＊2

○ ＊2

○ ＊2

○

○

○

○

○

Anti-rotation mechanism

3.00k 25/30 ｛ 306 ｝

0.1 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.4 0.4

Clevis fitting

L

25/30 75/90 100/120 25/30 75/90 100/120 25/30 75/90 100/120

External LS

L 700 M ｛ 71.4 ｝ H L 1.00k M ｛ 102 ｝ H L 1.50k M ｛ 153 ｝ H

Option Bellows

LPGA070 LPGB070 LPGC070 LPGA100 LPGB100 LPGC100 LPGA150 LPGB150 LPGC150 LPGA300 LPGB300 LPGC300

Nominal stroke N・m ｛ Of・m ｝ mm

Type Basic

｛ Of ｝

Main body shape

Rod rotating force

Parallel

Speed symbol

Nominal speed mm/s 50/60Hz

Rod Motor movement capacity per turn of kW manual shaft mm

Straight

Model

Rated thrust N

○

800 ＊1

1000 1200

Note) 1. For LPGC070H and LPGC100H in the above table, the motor capacity is 0.2kW. 2. The rod rotating force of LPGC070H in the above table is 2.31N·m (0.24{kgf·m}), and the rod rotating force of LPGC100H is 3.29N·m (0.34{kgf·m}).

＊1

＊1

＊2

*1. Only parallel type is available. *2. LPGC type is not available.

Ball screw type standard model list

LPGA070 LPGB070 LPGC070 LPGA100 LPGB100 LPGC100 LPGA300 LPGB300 LPGC300

700 U 200/240 ｛ 71.4 ｝

0.4

8

0.99

0.10

1.00k 200/240 ｛ 102 ｝

0.4

8

1.41

0.14

0.2

2

4.24

0.43

0.4

2.67

4.24

0.43

U M

50/60 3.00k ｛ 306 ｝ H 67/80

100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200

＊1

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

＊1

＊3

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

＊1

○

○

○

○

＊1

＊1

○

Ⅰ-type end fitting

＊1

＊3

○

Position detection unit

External LS

Bellows

Option

With torque limiter With thrust detection mechanism

Type Basic

｛ Of ｝

Nominal stroke N・m ｛ Of・m ｝ mm

Parallel

Speed symbol


Main body shape

Rod rotating force

Straight

Model

Rated thrust N

Rod Motor movement capacity per turn of kW manual shaft mm

＊1

＊1

○

○

○

○

＊1

○

*1 Only parallel type is available. *2 LPGC type is not available. *3. Cannot be used for press contact stopping at the U speed.

67

○

＊2

○ ＊2

○ ＊2

○

Standards use environment

Type Totally enclosed self cooling type with brake Output Standard model list Number of poles 4 poles Voltage 3φ 200V/200V/220V Power supply Frequency 50Hz/60Hz/60Hz Heat resistance class B Time rating S2 30min. Protection class Totally enclosed outdoor type (IP55)

Model Environment Outdoor type

Relative Impact Ambient Installation humidity resistance Atmosphere altitude temperature value (non-condensing) −15℃ to 40℃

85% or less

1000m Normal 1G or less lowerorabove outdoors sea level

1) With use below freezing, the characteristics (current value and speed) of the cylinder may vary according to the effect of grease. 2) Cylinders with bellows are recommended in an excessively dusty location. 3) All models have a totally enclosed structure so that they can be used normally outdoors. Even so, however, an appropriate cover is required in such a hostile environment that is splashed with water or vapor or in such a location where snow accumulates. For use at 40° C or higher, always protect with a heat-insulating cover, etc. Never use in a flammable atmosphere. Doing so may cause an explosion or fire. In addition, avoid using in a location subjected to vibration or impact exceeding 1G. 4) For use in a misty atmosphere, contact us.

1) Different voltage specifications other than the above, 400/440V are also available. 2) For motor current value and brake current value, refer to page 79.

Painting color

Eco series

TSUBAKI olive gray (Munsell 5GY6/0.5 or approximate color)

Power Cylinder

Motor specifications

Structure LPGA: Basic type Planetary gear

External cylinder

Rod

Cylinder holder

Brake motor

Bracket

Screw shaft

End fitting

F series

●Straight

G series

●Parallel

* The LPGB type is available only in parallel type due to the mechanism.

T series

LPGB: With torque limiter ●Parallel

Multi series

Torque limiter

LPGC: With thrust detection mechanism ●Straight

●Parallel

Thrust detecting part

Inquiry Form

Spring unit

Mini series

Thrust detecting part

68

Classification of usage according to type (protection device) The power cylinder G series includes the following three types. Each of these can be selected so that optimum functions can be fully exerted depending on application. The three types of power cylinders have the same performances (thrust, speed, stroke).

LPGA (basic model)

This type has a stop function with a brake only. Note that use exceeding the nominal stroke may result in breakage. When using this type, sensor for stroke regulation must be installed or optional external limit switch for stroke adjustment must be used. (The other two types similarly require a sensor for stroke adjustment.) When detecting abnormalities, combination with an electric protection device is recommended. A shock relay and shock monitor are available as electric protection devices.

LPGB (with torque limiter)

When any overload phenomena occurs and the set thrust is exceeded, the built-in torque limiter slips to exert the protecting function. However, long time slip generates heat on the motor, resulting in burnout, or reduces the transmissible torque, resulting in malfunction of the cylinder. Therefore, usage in combination with our shock relay is recommended.

* Only parallel type is available.

LPGC (with thrust detecting mechanism)

A type with a thrust detecting mechanism in combination with a pre-loaded spring and a limit switch. This mechanism exerts an effect in the following cases. ① When press (pull) and stop are performed. ② When an electric signal is required at overload. ③ When an overload is possibly applied from the load side during stoppage. The built-in spring absorbs deflection impact load for impact within the rating. * Cannot be used for press contact stopping at the mechanical stroke end.

[Thrust detecting mechanism]

When extending NO

NC

NC

C

NO

・When the cylinder is overloaded while extending ・When the cylinder stops within the XA dimension at the time of extending ・When a pressing force is attempted to be maintained even after stop

At normal condition NO

NC

NC

NO

C

When retracting NO

NC

NC

NO

C

・When the cylinder is overloaded during retracting ・ When the cylinder stops within the XA dimension at the time of retracting ・When a pressing force is attempted to be maintained even after stop

Preset load for protection device Preset loads for protection devices of the GB type and GC type are as follows. The protection device does not work at the start for opening/closing of the damper or the hopper gate, normal reverse, inclination and elevation, however, when load inertia is large due to horizontal movement of the carriage, the protection device works to impair smooth operation at the start. When load inertia exceeds values shown in the table below, take countermeasures such as slow start operation by the inverter, etc. GB (with a torque limiter): 150% to 200% of rated thrust GC (with a thrust detecting mechanism): 140% to 200% of rated thrust * Use the above values as a guide. Model Speed L M H U

LPGA070 LPGB070 LPGC070 1150 170 130 71

LPGA100 LPGB100 LPGC100 2085 280 240 102

LPGA150 LPGB150 LPGC150 1220 310 270 ̶

Mass of carriage： kg Coefficient of friction：μ Carriage traveling resistance：＝μ ≦Rated thrust

Unit: kg

LPGA300 LPGB300 LPGC300 2060 1560 790 ̶

Cautions for use ① When installing rotary encoder or potentiometer For the LPGC type, a spring mechanism is built in the operating part. The spring slightly deflects at press (pull) and stop, or when an overload occurs, the signal amount deviates by the deflection. For LPGB type, even if the safety device is tripped, the signal amount does not deviate. However, the LPGC type can be used at normal stroke operation.

② When there is a problem with movement of the rod even if overload is applied from the load side during stop For the LPGC type, a spring mechanism is built in the operating part, therefore, when a large load is applied, the spring deflects and the rod moves by the deflection. When the load is eliminated, the rod returns to the original position.

③ When using with press (pull) and stop, strength of the mating device shall be 250% of the rated thrust or more. ④ When the LPGC type is used, the time lag should be 0.03s or less. 41 69

Conditions of use required for selection 1. Machine to be used and application 2. Thrust or load N｛㎏f ｝ 3. Stroke mm

4. Speed mm/s 5. Frequency of operation, number of starts/min. 6. Power source voltage, frequency

Selection procedures

7. Type of load of machine used 8. Environment of use 9. Hours of operation a day and annual operating days

1. Select the suitable model number from the standard model list (page 67) based on thrust, load N{ ㎏ f}, speed (mm/s), and stroke (mm). 2. Determine the shape (straight or parallel) of the main body suitable for the installing condition, necessity of protection device and option from the machine used and use conditions. 3. Check that the frequency of operation and the working time rate are within the allowable values of the cylinder. Frequency of operation and the working time rate Allowable start cycle

10 cycles/min. or less

Allowable duty factor (%ED)

25

Working time rate (%ED)＝

operating time of 1 cycle Operating time of 1 cycle + dwell time

×100％ Eco series

The working time rate is a ratio of the operating time per 10 minutes on a 10-minute basis.

Guide for life 25km in cylinder (nut) traveling distance

Power Cylinder

Selection 1

Expected Traveling Distance

1000

The chart on the right-hand side is based on L10 life. L10 life expresses in traveling distance a life that can be reached by 90% or more of all ball screws. If you select a power cylinder based on the life, select model No. from this chart. Equivalent load N If the load greatly fluctuates in the Minimum load N middle of stroke, calculate the Maximum load N equivalent load (PM) by the equation on the right-hand side.

F series

Expected traveling distance (km) = actual load stroke (m) × frequency of use (times/day) × number of operating days × 10-3 × expected number of years

100

200

Traveling life distance (km) LPG*300M/LPG*300H LPG100*U

G series

The life of a ball screw is determined by flaking of the rolling surface caused by its fatigue. Check the rough life with this chart of expected traveling distance. However, in the case of great impact or in the case where lubrication or maintenance is not performed properly, the expected traveling distance becomes substantially short.

Load (N)

10000

LPG070*U

Brake holding force A load holding force while the power cylinder stops is exerted more than the rated thrust, therefore, it can be used for holding a load of the rated thrust. This holding force is generated by braking operation of the brake motor. The brake is of a spring braking type that always performs braking operation by a spring force during stop, and the brake torque has a holding force of 150% or more of the motor rated torque. The expected life of the brake is 2,000,000 times. However, gap adjustment is required.

T series

* When selecting the H, U speed, refer to the cautions for selecting on page 84. * Select a power cylinder of a sufficient thrust, allowing for a safety rate so that the loads used (static and dynamic) do not exceed the rated thrust.

Selection 2 Refer to the following cylinder characteristics data to check that the cylinder is suitable for the application.

Model LPGA070 LPGB070 LPGC070 LPGA100 LPGB100 LPGC100 LPGA150 LPGB150 LPGC150 LPGA300 LPGB300 LPGC300

L M H U L M H U L M H L M H

Lifting load (In the case of 1 or 3) 50Hz 60Hz

Unit: mm

Suspended load (In the case of 2 or 4) 50Hz 60Hz

Coasting distance

Stop accuracy

Coasting distance

Stop accuracy

Coasting distance

Stop accuracy

Coasting distance

6.9 15.0 15.4 34.2 6.1 13.8 14.1 32.0 4.6 10.6 13.7 3.3 8.6 9.4

±0.4 ±1.1 ±1.4 ±2.8 ±0.4 ±1.1 ±1.4 ±2.8 ±0.4 ±1.1 ±1.4 ±0.4 ±0.8 ±1.0

10.0 21.5 21.7 47.9 9.0 19.8 19.8 45.0 6.6 14.7 19.0 4.6 12.4 13.1

±0.5 ±1.3 ±1.7 ±3.4 ±0.5 ±1.3 ±1.7 ±3.4 ±0.5 ±1.3 ±1.7 ±0.5 ±0.9 ±1.2

10.6 21.8 23.7 60.6 10.6 22.1 23.8 66.9 7.1 15.6 21.8 5.1 23.2 19.0

±0.4 ±1.2 ±1.5 ±3.1 ±0.4 ±1.2 ±1.5 ±3.1 ±0.4 ±1.2 ±1.6 ±0.4 ±0.8 ±1.1

14.9 30.1 32.7 81.2 14.9 30.5 32.7 88.2 9.8 21.3 30.0 6.9 29.4 25.0

1

Load

2

Stop accuracy

±0.5 ±1.4 ±1.8 ±3.8 ±0.5 ±1.4 ±1.8 ±3.8 ±0.5 ±1.4 ±1.9 ±0.5 ±1.0 ±1.3

* The values in the above table slightly vary depending on the models. * Coasting distance: This indicates a distance from a time when the limit switch or the stop button is operated until the cylinder stops. This coasting distance varies depending on how a load is applied and the operation circuit. * Stop accuracy: This indicates a variation in the stop position when stop is repeated. The above table takes ±25% of time lag of the relay and the brake into consideration.

Mini series

Usage

3

Load

4

* An anti-rod rotation mechanism is required.

Inquiry Form

■Coasting distance and stop accuracy (Reference values) (When relay time lag is assumed to be 0.03 seconds)

Multi series

Coasting amount and stop accuracy vary depending on the operation speed and load. When you attempt to correctly position, cylinders with low operation speed are recommended. Set the limit switch in consideration of the coasting distance. Refer to the cautions for selecting on page 84. Reference values of the coasting distance and stop accuracy are shown in the following table.

42 70

Dimensions Table Straight type （15）

18

84

φ35

φ132

8

φ60.5

125

48

15

Applicable cable diameter φ11 to φ13 Gland mounting part ＰＦ１／２

2-φ16H10 depth 16

＋0.5 0

33

φ33

LPGA070∼300□T (Basic type)

Manual shaft end φ10H10/d9

20 XB

A

33

0.5mm2 x 6C Length 1000mm Cabtire cable

（15） 84

φ60.5

Manual shaft end 20 A

0.1kW:208.5 0.2kW:208.5 0.4kW:230.5

Speed Shape of symbol main body

Model

LPGA LPGC

070 100 150 300

L M H U

92

113

φ10H10/d9 XB

A

0100 200 0300 400 0500 600 0800 1000 1200

0178 278 0378 478 0578 678 0878 1078 1278

102

XA

XA

Nominal stroke

T

φ35

φ132

8

125

96

48

15

18

2-φ16H10 depth 16

LPGC070∼300□T (With thrust detection mechanism) Applicable cable diameter φ11 to φ13 Gland mounting part ＰＦ１／２

102

XA

68

φ33

92

＋0.5 0

0.1kW:208.5 0.2kW:208.5 0.4kW:230.5

MIN 0243 343 0443 543 0643 743 0963 1183 1403

Unit: mm Approx. mass（O）

XB MAX 0343 543 0743 943 1143 1343 1763 2183 2603

MIN 065 65 065 65 065 65 085 105 125

MAX 0165 265 0365 465 0565 665 0885 1105 1325

LPGA 14 15 16 18 19 20 22 24 27

LPGC 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 28 31

Note) 1. The mechanical stroke includes a margin of 3 to 8 mm of the nominal stroke on both sides. 2. For U speed, only 070 and 100 are applied.

Options ■ External LS（ - L）

■ Bellows（ - J） 32

32

56

35

φ100

34

69

4

R6

Applicable cable diameter φ５．８∼φ７．６

■Ⅰ-type end fitting（ -Ⅰ）

0

φ33

2-φ12

130

12

Mass: 3.5kg/set 100

15 15 -0.5

33 18

φ16d9

125

150

■ Trunnion fitting（LPGA300-T）

15

28 42

15

φ10H10

Note) Shipped as attached to the main body. The XA dimensions are the same as the standard U-type end fitting.

Note) Apply grease to the trunnion pin and into the trunnion hole for installation.

* Dimensions with no tolerance described have general tolerance, and their sizes become larger by approximately 2 to 5mm from the described dimensions. When designing the machine, take margins into consideration.

43 71

Inquiry Form

Mini series

Multi series

T series

G series

F series

Eco series

Power Cylinder

MEMO

44 72

Dimensions Table Parallel type LPGA070∼300□K (Basic type) LPGB070∼300□K (With torque limiter)

0.1kW:230.5 0.2kW:230.5 0.4kW:252.5

Applicable cable diameter φ11 to φ13 Gland mounting part ＰＦ１/２

33

（15）

125

84

φ33

＋0.5 0

15

112

Manual shaft end

φ60.5

φ35

60

232

48

8

2-φ16H10 depth 16

18

20 A 68

XA

0.1kW:230.5 0.2kW:230.5 0.4kW:252.5

33

（15） 125

112

84

Manual shaft end

60

232

48

8

Applicable cable diameter φ11 to φ13 Gland mounting part ＰＦ１/２

15

18

2-φ16H10 depth 16

LPGC070∼300□K (With thrust detection mechanism)

120

φ33

55

102

XB

＋0.5 0

13

φ10H10/d9

55

L M H U

φ60.5

φ35

120

XA

A

0100 200 0300 400 0500 600 0800 1000 1200

K

XB XA

113

Speed Shape of Nominal symbol main body stroke

070 100 150 300

LPGA LPGB LPGC

102

A

13

Model

96

20

0.5mm2 x 6C Length 1000mm Cabtire cable

φ10H10/d9

MAX 0343 543 0743 943 1143 1343 1763 2183 2603

MIN 0243 343 0443 543 0643 743 0963 1183 1403

0178 278 0378 478 0578 678 0878 1078 1278

Unit: mm Approx. mass（O）

XB MIN 065 65 065 65 065 65 085 105 125

MAX 0165 265 0365 465 0565 665 0885 1105 1325

LPGA 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 28 31

LPGB 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 28 31

LPGC 23 24 25 26 27 28 31 33 35

Note) 1. The mechanical stroke includes a margin of 3 to 8 mm of the nominal stroke on both sides. 2. For U speed, only 070 and 100 are applied.

Options ■ External LS（ - L） 32

■ Bellows（ - J） 32

56

35

4

φ100

34

69

R6

Applicable cable diameter φ５．８∼φ７．６

■ Trunnion fitting（LPGA300-T）


■ Clevis fitting（ - C）

0

15 -0.5

15

Mass: 3.5kg/set

R25

60

2-φ12

33 18

30

130

12

.D.1

100

15

φ10H10

28 42

20 40

4-φ11

φ33

φ16d9

125

150

120

P.C

φ16H10/d9 15

Note) Apply grease to the trunnion pin and into the trunnion hole for installation.


12.5

12.5 25

10

Mass : 1.7kg

＋0.5 0

* Dimensions with no tolerance described have general tolerance, and their sizes become larger by approximately 2 to 5mm from the described dimensions. When designing the machine, take margins into consideration.

45 73

Inquiry Form

Mini series

Multi series

T series

G series

F series

Eco series

Power Cylinder

MEMO

46 74

Position detecting unit The following three types of the position detecting device can be built in the position detecting unit at your request.

1. Position detecting internal LS (with two or four pieces) 2. Potentiometer 3. Rotary encoder

Internal structure

Position detecting unit

Potentiometer

Mass : 7.3kg

Cam

Gear head

Note) This unit cannot be mounted with a clevis fitting. Mount this unit with a trunnion fitting.

84

120

Terminal block 60

Rotary encoder Micro switch ＬＳ４

SCL14B Applicable wire diameter φ12.5∼φ14 Gland mounting part PF1/2

Micro switch ＬＳ３

Micro switch ＬＳ２ (27)

Micro switch ＬＳ１

62

43

１２６ and below

Wire connection into position detecting unit Use terminals provided in the unit to connect to the internal limit switch, potentiometer and rotary encoder. COM for the internal limit switch is common. (internally wire-connected) Use shield wire for wire-connection to the rotary encoder.

Terminals for power cylinder wiring Terminals for device wiring

Terminal No. Option Symbol Contact Terminal No.

LS1 a 18

b 17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Internal limit switch (K2, K4) LS2 LS3 LS4 a b a b a b 5 6 16 15 7 8

Common c 4

Potentiometer P 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 9

Rotary encoder R 2 Z 5V∼24V 0V 12 13 10 11

Case 14

1. Position detecting internal LS (with two or four pieces) Use this LS when the external LS cannot be installed due to the installation space or when performing operation in combination with the potentiometer or the rotary

Micro switch specification Model

encoder. With two pieces: Optional symbol K2 Arrangement of LS1 and LS2 in the above figure. With four pieces: Optional symbol K4 Arrangement of all of LS1 through 4 in the above figure.


OMRON D2VW-5L2A-1M or equivalent (Red)

NC NO (Blue)

COM (Black)

Electric rating 250V AC 4A （cosφ0.7） Connection Terminal block connection in position detecting unit

LS cam

First, before installing a power cylinder to the equipment, operate the cylinder in a single unit to check the rotating direction of the LS cam. Intall the equipment to the power cylinder, stop the power cylinder, or, move it to a position where you would like to have it be detected. Then, rotate the LS cam, and tighten the hexagon socket head set screw to fix at a position where the micro switch operates. At this time, estimate a coasting amount of the power cylinder depending on the pre-checked rotating direction. 75 47

Hexagon socket head set screw

This is a variable resistor to output electric signals depending on the stroke amount of the power cylinder. Use this unit in combination with TSUBAKI TC unit, or print board and stroke indication meter. Resistance values according to the model have been

Potentiometer specifications Model Manufacturer

CP-30 or equivalent SAKAE TSUSHIN KOGYO CO., LTD.

Total resistance

adjusted before shipment. Separately request preset values according to the model as they are described in the position detecting unit specification drawing. Pay strict attention to handling because correspondence between the stroke position and the resistance value will deviate by

1kΩ 0.75W

Rated power Dielectric strength

1000V AC 1min.

Effective electric angle Effective mechanical angle

355° ±5° 360° endless

Connection Connected to terminal block in position detecting unit

rotating the rod of the power cylinder.

P1 P2

P3

Cylinder rod retract

Cylinder rod extend

3. Rotary encoder The output signal of the standard specification is of an incremental

Rotary encoder specifications TS5305N251

type, however, an absolute type is also available.

Tamagawa Seiki Co., Ltd.

Manufacturer

H

̶

Note 1)

L

1V or less

Note 1)

Power supply

If the specification of line driver output is required, contact us. Note 1) Due to the open collector output, output signals are obtained when the pull-up resistor is connected. Signal 1 and signal 2 are output voltages of H “(power supply voltage – 1)V or more” and L “1V or less.” For the Z-phase, negative logic applies. 5V: 220Ω, 12V: 470Ω, 24V: 1kΩ

5∼24V DC

Signal 1

Signal 2

Signal Z

+5V to 24V

0V

Case

（9）

（10）

（11）

（12）

（13）

（14）

G series

Output connection

Figures in parentheses indicate terminal No.

Output waveform

Output circuit T a

b

When extending c

＋

d

Signal 1 (A-phase output)

H

Signal 2 (B-phase output)

H e

L

−

H

Signal Z (Z-phase output)

a. b. c. d = T/4 ± T/8

out

L

T series

Output voltage

If voltage output type is required, see (Note 1) below.

90°phase difference two-phase square wave + home position output

L

Maximum lead-in current 30mA (max)

T/2 ≦ e ≦ 3T/2

* Best suited to controlling the stroke by a sequencer or programmable controller, etc.

Multi series

Output waveform

The output type in standard specifications is an open collector.

600P/R

Output pulse number

F series

Model

Power Cylinder

2. Potentiometer

Eco series


More accurate positioning control is possible in combination with motor speed control by an inverter, etc. ① The standard products incorporate an incremental type encoder. ③ It is possible to set an accurate home position of the machine in combination with a limit switch because home position output is read out every 600 pulses. ④ Do not apply vibration or impact to the rotary encoder because it is precision equipment. ⑤ Use shield wire for wiring to the rotary encoder.

Mini series

② The rotary encoder has been set to output 20 pulses per stroke of 1mm.

approximately 50m (12V pull-up). For distances other than the above, consult with us.

Inquiry Form

⑥ As a guide for the distance between the rotary encoder and control panel, a collector current of 20mA should be able to be transmitted

76 48

Control option For potentiometer ■ Stroke indication meter

53.5 28

12.5

80

４̶M３̶８L

RM-80B(100μA DC) or equivalent

Grade

JIS C 1102 2.5 class

67

Model

φ52

This meter indicates a stroke in % by a signal from the print board.

２̶M４

Frame・black 64 Center of meter

* A separate printed board is also required.

Panel cut

ole 5h

φ5

48

Entire stroke is indicated in 100%

Scale specification

22 ４

Appearance

4-φ4 hole

■ Printed board

P1 P2 P3

C

R1 R3 ZD S R2 ADJUSTR4 100% 0%

EF

POT

R

1 2

S

3 P-09 （９）

Print 1 R board 3 PI − ＋ S LPCO-D 2 PI：Stroke indication meter

RF

66

LPCO-D

５

70

P

100/110V 200/220V

（38）

□80

This printed board converts voltage signals from the potentiometer in the position detecting unit of the power cylinder G series into current signals.

Potentiometer ８

（１５）

26

4-φ3.1 hole

10

Adjust the meter with an ADJUST volume on the print board. Do not make a mistake with the stroke indication meter + and -. Replace the terminals 1 and 2 on the print board to set the indication meter to 100% when the stroke is MIN. Model LPCO-D1 (Operation power 100/110V 50/60Hz) LPCO-D2 (Operation power 200/220V 50/60Hz)

91.5

Total resistance value of input potentiometer

0.8kΩ∼12kΩ

Appearance Comparison output Comparison preset value Comparison output contact capacity Output contact configuration Power supply

Upper terminal block TB1 a HI COM Relay contact b Output GO a COM Relay contact b Output a LO COM Relay contact b Output

(Start/hold) ST/H Option EARTH POWER INPUT

45 −0

＋0.8

92 −0

Lower terminal block TB2 HI LO COH ＋2.5V

4 digits 7 segment LED Black HI,LO,GO (Relay output) 0−±9999 30V DC/1A 250V AC/0.2A 1C (for all of HI, GO, LO sides) 200V AC ±10％ 50/60Hz

Indication

＋0.6

5.5 48

Panel cut 96

RX-5455-NBAS (BURRUF) or equivalent

Model

44.5

72

95

This controller converts voltage signals from the potentiometer in the position detecting unit of the power cylinder G series into digital signals, and performs indication and stroke control. This controller incorporates a scaling function, and can indicate real strokes or extension (%). This R controller can be directly connected to the potentiometer.

17.5

■ R controller

200V AC 200V AC

Internal relay contact

■ Meter relay Used for simple adjustment of stroke on the operation panel. Iron panel attachment is standard.

（

）

Contact us separately when installing an aluminum panel.

Note) For using 4 – 20mA output, designate as “for 4 – 20mA output.” 1

0 0

0

Meter relay specification Model

NRC-100HL (TSURUGA) or equivalent

Grade

JIS C 1102 2.5 class Frame・black

Appearance

100 40

40

a c

± 100 110V SOURCE 200

(-) M

220V

CONTACT RATING (RESISTIVE) 3A 250V AC , 3A 30V DC HIGH LOW

b

a

c

83

Max. 100µA DC

(+)

32

100/100V AC, 200/220V AC 50/60Hz For both of HIGH, LOW sides 1C (See the right Fig.)

Contact capacity * A separate printed board is also required.

77

4-M3

Entire stroke is indicated in 100%

Input Output contact configuration

101 15

32

Power supply

15 or less

b

Scale

“

The power cylinder body is equipped with a potentiometer. Since the phase of the stroke will deviate if the rod is rotated before installation, cylinders with a stroke adjusting LS are recommended. Pre-set the minimum and maximum strokes to be used with the stroke adjusting LS, and then use the meter relay.

250V AC 3A（cosφ＝1）

(The described specifications and dimensions may be subject to change due to circumstances.)

This is the same as the printed board for the stroke indication meter.

(In the case of b contact) Measuring needle

Lower limit set index (L)

Wire connection is the same as that for the stroke indication meter, however, it is necessary to separately feed power to the meter relay. It is easy to connect the b contact as an output contact to the b contact for the stroke adjusting LS in series.

Upper limit set index (H)

Power Cylinder

Control option

Shock relay

Multi series

Shock relay TSBED series (Digital indication, self-holding/automatic reset type)

Mini series

Shock relay TSBSS series (Economy, self-holding type)

Inquiry Form

Shock relay TSBSA series (Economy, automatic reset type)

T series

G series

Our highly reliable shock relay is recommended as an electric safety device for the GB type power cylinder. For details, refer to the “TSUBAKI E&M SAFCON overload protection devices and control devices catalogue.”

F series

L side relay operation

Eco series

H side relay operation

78

Wire connection Wire connection for brake motor (motor with DC brake) Brake internal wiring From intermediate tap

200V class

400V class Power side

R S

M

T

B

W

W

T

B

V

M

V

S

U

U

Power side

B1

B1

R

B2

B2

Power module

Power module

From intermediate tap

Brake external wiring 200V class

400V class

MCB

B1

200∼220V AC

B1

200∼220V AC B2

Power module

B2

Power module

From intermediate tap

Power side

(Note 1) OCR

MCF

R

U

U V

S

M

W

T

V

B

M

W

B

MCR From intermediate tap

Note) 1. When AC external wiring in the three-phase 400V class motor, make sure to insulate the wire from the intermediate tap. In this case, input power supply to the power module requires 200 to 220V. If no power of 200 to 220V is supplied, decrease the voltage to 200 to 220V by a transformer. If a voltage of 230V or more is directly input to the power module, the brake and the power module may burn out. The capacity of the transformer shall be 90VA or more (0.1 to 0.4kW), and check that there is no voltage drop. Use an MCB with a contact capacity of 250V AC, 7A or more. The power module includes a surge absorbing protection element. Add a protection element for the contact in each part if necessary. 2. Do not put a relay contact on the output side of the standard power module (between the power module and brake coil). (Do not perform DC external wiring.) 3. By the above connection, the rod retracts in a straight type, and the rod extends in a parallel type. * Crimp contact bolt: M4

* For the other details, refer to the Operation Manual.

Limit switch specification Stroke adjusting external LS

Thrust detecting LS

OMRON D4E-1B20N or equivalent

OMRON SS-5GL2D or equivalent

Model

For extend

NC NO


COM

For retract

Green

White

Yellow Brown

250V AC 3A（cosφ0.4）

250V AC 2A（cosφ＝0.4）

M3 screw x3 Applicable cable diameter φ5.8 to φ7.6

0.5E x 6C Length 1000A Cabtire cable draw-out

Electric rating Connection

Red

Black

Motor current value, Brake current value Output, frame No.

Motor current value (A) 200V 50Hz

200V 60Hz

220V 60Hz

400V 50Hz

400V 60Hz

440V 60Hz

4P‐0.1kW

0.72 （2.76）

0.62 （2.60）

0.65 （2.84）

0.36 （1.38）

0.31 （1.27）

0.32 （1.41）

4P‐0.2 kW

1.3 （4.91）

1.1 （4.68）

1.1 （5.14）

0.63 （2.40）

0.55 （2.22）

4P‐0.4 kW

2.4 （11.6）

2.1 （10.2）

2.1 （11.0）

1.2 （5.14）

1.1 （4.88）

Brake model

Brake current value (A) 200V 50Hz

200V 60Hz

220V 60Hz

400V 50Hz

400V 60Hz

440V 60Hz

SBH01LP

0.18 0.27

0.18 0.27

0.19 0.29

0.18 0.27

0.18 0.27

0.19 0.29

0.56 （2.41）

SBH02LP

0.18 0.27

0.18 0.27

0.19 0.29

0.18 0.27

0.18 0.27

0.19 0.29

1.1 （5.39）

SBH04LP

0.18 0.27

0.18 0.27

0.19 0.29

0.18 0.27

0.18 0.27

0.19 0.29

Note) 1. The above values are rated current values of the motor and brake. The numerical value in parentheses is a start current value of the motor. 2. The rated current values and start current values do not include brake current values. 3. A DC brake is used as a brake. The upper stage of the brake current value indicates a value on the primary side of the power module, and the lower stage indicates a value on the secondary side. 4. The above values are references because the rated current values for the power cylinder vary depending on the operating conditions. 5. For AC internal wiring of the 400V class, the voltage is converted to 200V through the motor intermediate tap to be input. For AC external wiring, decrease the voltage to 200 to 220V by a transformer. The capacity of the transformer shall be 90VA or more.

51 79

Brake motor

LS01: Extend stroke adjusting external limit switch

Short piece OCR

MCF

R

B1 U

CB

LS02: Retract stroke adjusting external limit switch ＭＢ

V

Power S

W B2

T MCR

Power module

Short piece

F

NOTE：

PL PBS

OCR PBF

LS01

PBR

(1) This diagram shows a single-acting circuit. When using in an inching circuit, remove the wire connection between N1 and N2, N3 and N4, and short-circuit the PBS. (2) If the power voltage for the motor is different from the control voltage, put a transformer into a portion in the diagram. (3) When AC external wiring the brake, remove the short piece on the terminal block and apply a normal power voltage (200 to 220V) to B1 and B2 from the outside. * For wire connection when an inverter is used, refer to page 114.

MCR MCF

MCF

N1

N2 MCF

LS02 MCR

N3

MCR

N4

Power Cylinder

200V Class GA type brake internal wiring reference circuit

Eco series

Reference circuit

400V Class GA type brake internal wiring reference circuit MCR

Brake motor

LS01: Extend stroke adjusting external limit switch MCF

R

Intermediate tap wire insulation

B1 U

CB

OCR

W B2

T

Power module

MCR F

MCR MCF

N1

N2 MCF

LS02 MCR

N3

MCR

N4

MCF

MCB

MCR

0.1 ‒ 0.4kW GA type brake internal wiring reference circuit for linkage of two Brake motor

Short piece MCF1

OCR1

ＭＢ

V

Power supply S

W B2

T MCR1

Power module

Short piece

Brake motor

Short piece MCF2

B1 U

F

OCR2

ＭＢ

V W B2

PL MCR2

Power module

Short piece OCR1 PBS

PBF

PBR

LS111: LP No. 1 extend stroke adjusting external limit switch LS1 LS112: LP No. 1 retract stroke adjusting external limit switch LS1 LS211: LP No. 2 extend stroke adjusting external limit switch LS2 LS212: LP No. 2 retract stroke adjusting external limit switch LS2

OCR2

ARR ARF ARF

NOTE： (1) This diagram shows an example of 0.1 – 0.4kW brake internal wiring circuit for linkage of two in inching motion. (2) If the power supply voltage for the motor is different from the control voltage, put a transformer in the section in the diagram. (3) Lead wires B1 and B2 for the brakes are connected to U and W on the motor terminal block by using short pieces. (4) For using the brakes by external wiring, remove the short pieces, and externally apply not inverter output but normal power supply voltage to B1 and B2.

ARR LS111

ARF

MCR1

LS112

ARR

MCF1

LS211

ARF

MCR2

LS212

ARR

MCF2

MCF1 MCR1 MCF2 MCR2

Inquiry Form

R

B1 U

CB

T series

PBR MCF

Multi series

PBF

LS01

(1) This diagram shows a single-acting circuit. When using in an inching circuit, remove the wire connection between N1 and N2, N3 and N4, and short-circuit the PBS. (2) If the power voltage for the motor is different from the control voltage, put a transformer into a portion in the diagram. (3) When AC external wiring the brake, remove the wire connected to the terminal block from the motor intermediate tap and insulate it. Apply a normal power voltage (200 to 220V) to B1 and B2 (primary side of the module). If there is no power of 200V, decrease the voltage to 200V by a transformer. The capacity of the transformer shall be 90VA or more (0.1 to 0.4KW), and check that there is no voltage drop. Use a contact capacity of 250V AC, 7A or more. * For wire connection when an inverter is used, refer to page 114.

Mini series

OCR

G series

NOTE： PL

PBS

LS02: Retract stroke adjusting external limit switch

ＭＢ

V

Power S 4００V

F series

Power R ２００V S

52 80

Installation

Maintenance Greasing on screw

Installation direction Either horizontal, vertical and inclined directions are allowed.

Installation method For installation of the main body, use a trunnion mount or clevis mount (parallel only). Apply grease to the trunnion pins and bracket holes for mounting.

Use the screw as it is because it has been applied with greased in advance. Refill grease with reference to Table 1-2 as a guide. To apply grease to the screw, remove the greasing port bolt on the outer cylinder and advance the rod in the full stroke and apply grease to the outer circumference of the screw with a grease gun, and then reciprocate the rod within the stroke to be used. Repeat this operation a few times.

Install the end part with a U-type or Ⅰ-type end fitting.

Greasing port bolt Grease gun M12

Trunnion mount

Outer cylinder

Clevis mount WARNING Never insert your finger into the greasing port.

Mannual operation When manually adjusting the stroke, rotate the manual shaft on the motor opposite load side with the manual handle after releasing the

If the cylinder operates with your finger inserted, your finger may be injured.

brake. For how to release the brake, refer to the Operation Manual. The manual handle is attached to the product.

WARNING

Table 1 Recommended grease Use classification

releasing the brake. Screw shaft

shaft, refer to the standard model list (page 67).

JWGS100G

IDEMITSU KOSAN

*DAPHNE EPONEX SRNo.2

NIPPON GREASE

NIGULUBE EP-2K

EXXON MOBILE

MOBILUX EPNo.2

COSMO OIL LUBRICANTS

COSMO GREASE DINAMX EPNo.2 SHELL ALBANIA EP grease 2

SHOWA SHELL

Anti-rod rotation 1. Anti-rod rotation is required because a rotating force is

Grease name

TSUBAKI E&M

When a load is applied to the rod, remove the load before

For the amount of movement of the rod per one turn of the manual

Company name

* The above greases are filled before shipment. Note) JWGS100G is separately sold in a container of 100g. (See page 262.)

generated on the rod with thrust. Generally, rotation can be mainly prevented by installing the rod end to a driven machine.

Table 2 Lubrication cycle

2. When operating with the end set free or installing pulleys to pull

Lubrication cycle

a rope, use a rod anti-rotation specification (option symbol M).

Every 5km

Traveling distance

Setting of stroke adjusting external LS 1. Take the coasting amount (page 70) into consideration to set adjustment of the limit switch. 2. When using the cylinder at the nominal stroke, set the limit switch so that the cylinder stops within the XA dimension in the Dimensions Table. 3. When synchronized operating two or more power cylinders, install a limit switch at the extend limit and retract limit on each cylinder to stop each cylinder. Avoid controlling all power cylinders with one limit switch because accumulated errors in stroke will occur. For the control circuit, see the example of circuit for linkage on page 80.

53 81

100 times or more/day Operating frequency

10 to 100 times/day Up to 10 times/day

One to three months Three to six months Six months to one year

Note) The above values are for longer use, and do not indicate life.

Greasing on Reduction part Grease has been applied on the tooth surfaces in advance, therefore, use the decelerating part as it is. Initial tooth surface application grease Planetary gear (straight type): Moly gear grease No. 1 (SUMICO LUBRICANT CO., LTD.) Helical gear (parallel type): Moly gear grease No. 1 (SUMICO LUBRICANT CO., LTD.) * Apply grease to the helical gear part (parallel type) approximately once one year.

Power Cylinder

Adjustment of external limit switch and variation of mounting 1. Standard Mounting Form

Eco series

● Straight

F series

● Parallel

2. Adjustment method The power cylinder G series has a margin of approximately 3 to 8mm of the nominal stroke on both sides which allows for mechanical stroke. stroke is exceeded, the striker protrudes from the LS guide rail. When adjusting the limit switches, adjust and fix the limit switches one by one so that the relative position between the LS guide rail and the cylinder body is not deviated.

B

G series

The stroke to be used is within the nominal stroke, therefore, adjust the limit switch so that operation is made in this range. If the nominal

1. Loosen the LS flange tightening bolt (A) and the guide rail tightening bolt (B). 2. Slide the flange to a position where you want it set. 3. Tighten the guide rail tightening bolt (B) beforehand. A

T series

4. Check that the guide rail and the LS rod are not twisted, and tighten the LS flange tightening bolt (A).

3. Mounting variations

Multi series

Example of normal and emergency use

Mounting several pieces

Mini series

Different position Different direction

・For change in orientation and quantity, a separate Instruction Manual is available. Contact us. ・Either mounting direction is allowed, however, take the direction into consideration so that accumulation of dust or dirt the guide rail does not impair operation of the striker.

Inquiry Form

4. Change in mounting work

54 82

Variation in direction and position of terminal box 1. “Direction” of motor terminal box The motor terminal box can be fixed in four directions shown in the following diagram. This direction can be easily changed by the customer. Be aware that if the lead wires are pulled or bent forcefully, the wires will be broken. Procedures to change are as follows. 1. Remove the lid of the terminal box. 2. Remove the two screws fixed to the terminal block. 3. Bring up the terminal block without removing the wire connection for the motor and the brake, and remove the four screws fixed to the terminal box. 4. Rotate the terminal box in the desired direction and re-fix it to the main body. 5. Install the terminal block again. Be aware that if the lead wires are trapped under the terminal block, the wires will be broken or an insulation failure will occur. 6. After connecting the power cable, install the lid, then the procedures are completed. When fixing the terminal box to the main body, check that the rubber packing is correctly sandwiched, then firmly tighten the four screws.

A

C

Standard

B

D

2. “Position” of motor terminal box The position of the motor terminal box can be rotated by every 90 degrees around the motor shaft as shown in the following diagram. However, this change must not be carried out by the customer. Specify the position when ordering the power cylinder.

1

5

Standard

Standard

2 6

3

Terminal box (opposite side)

7

4

83 55

Terminal box (opposite side)

Cautions for selecting ● Anti-rod rotation is required because a rotating force is exerted on the rod with thrust. Rod rotating forces at the rated thrust are described in the model list. When operating with the end unconnected or when installing pulleys to pull rope, use an optional rod anti-rotation specification. ● When the cylinder operating stroke is short, a high speed type cylinder cannot be used because the operating time per one stroke becomes shorter and cannot be controlled. The following table shows the minimum necessary strokes when motor energization time is 0.5s. Refer to this table to determine the speed.

Power Cylinder

WARNING

Speed symbol Eco series

Nominal speed mm/s 50/60Hz 0.5s operation moving amount mm

Cautions for use ● Regulate both ends of the stroke by the limit switch. Select a type of option which allows the limit switch to be mounted on the power cylinder body. ● Use within the stroke range. If the stroke is exceeded, breakage may occur. ● As a high-speed type (U, H speed) of the power cylinder G series has a long coasting distance, the striker may override the limit switch. (The striker for the U-speed power cylinder overrides the limit switch at the rated lifted load.) For this reason, make sure to allow a limit signal to be self-held on the control circuit. ● Megger testing is prohibited for this cylinder. It may break the built-in power module. Remove the brake wiring for the terminal block when conducting megger testing of the external circuits. ● Adjustment of the limit switch for thrust detection of the GC type must not be carried out by the customer. The preset value for thrust detection may greatly change.

G series

● Apply grease to the trunnion pin and the trunnion hole for trunnion mounting. ● Also, apply grease to the connecting pin of the end fitting and the connecting pin for clevis mounting. ● When the main body greatly swings by operation of the cylinder, consider using a sliding bearing or a rolling bearing for the connecting part. Cylinders whose trunnion hole is provided with sliding bearing are available as MTO. When the trunnion pin or connecting pin for the clevis or the end fitting is directed in the vertical direction (when ● the cylinder is laid horizontally), and the main body swings, take countermeasures for wear such as inserting a bearing member into the trunnion hole, the clevis fitting, or the side part of the end fitting. ● All models are totally enclosed structures so that they can be used normally outdoors, however, under adverse conditions exposed to constant water and steam etc., and snow accumulation, although they are an outdoors type, an appropriate cover is required. The power cylinder can generally be used in a range of -15℃ to 40℃, although it varies depending on the use conditions. When using at 40℃ or higher, always protect with a heat insulating cover, etc. Never use in a flammable atmosphere, otherwise it may cause an explosion and fire. In addition, avoid using it in a location where vibration or shock exceeding 1G is applied. For use in a misty atmosphere, consult with us. ● When using a cylinder of the cabtire cable lead wire specification outdoors, carry out waterproofing treatment sufficiently.

T series

Cautions for installation

Multi series

167/209 or more

Mini series

74/93 or more

Inquiry Form

Minimum necessary stroke mm

F series

Predicted maximum coasting amount mm (Reference)

84 56

Easy wiring specifications This is a specification in which limit switches for thrust detection and external adjustment are wired by us before shipment. For details, request a leaflet.

Expansion of models TSUBAKI E&M

Power cylinder G series Plus

Power cylinder G series have become easier to use.

Ver.2

Easy wiring specifications

Slim & Simple

Costeffective

Safe

To respond to voices of the “power cylinder is troublesome when it comes to wiring!” from customers, [simple wiring specifications] have been added to LPG series. (Option) The power cylinder can be selected from two of “Automatic detecting type” and “Centralized terminal box type” with the keywords of simple, neat, reduction in wiring man-hours, and safety (automatic detecting type).

In standard specifications

Signal Cable

Large number of wires and its complexity require wiring man-hours and cost at the relay box. Equipment may be damaged due to omission of wiring for the external limit switch for thrust detection and stroke adjustment.

Power Cable

Relay BOX

Needs simplicity! By adoption of easy wiring specifications

Control Board

Automatic detecting type

Pre-wired Signal Cable

Advantages Slim and simple in appearance Cost reduction by pre-wired relay boxes Operates just by connecting the power cable to the terminal box Prevents damage from excessive torque and stroke caused by incomplete relay box wiring

Power Cable

Centralized terminal box type

Pre-wired Signal Cable

Power Cable

85 57

Control Board

Control Board

T series


Power Cylinder

This is a power cylinder of a large thrust type which can be used with AC (alternating current). Power cylinder T series can be used across a wide range of applications such as steel, injection molding machines, liquid crystal and semiconductor device. This power cylinder can be used outdoors. (IP55)

F series

Thrust：2.45kN to 313kN｛250kgf to 32000kgf｝

T series have two types which are different in safety mechanisms from each other. The TB type incorporates a wet slip clutch. TC type is equipped with a thrust detecting limit switch.

G series

● Two easy-to-select types

A wide range of models are available as standard according to application, thrust and speed. Thrust can be selected in a range from 2.45kN{250kgf} to 313kN{32000kgf}, and speed can be selected in a range from 10mm/s to 120mm/s. For details, refer to the standard model list.

● Reliable operation

T series

● Wide variation

● Quick delivery of special motor (For details, refer to page 120.) Heat resistance class F and class H are supported. Different voltage specifications (Overseas voltages are supported.) Inverter specifications Global specifications (CE-compliant, UL-compliant and CCC-compliant) Explosion-proof specifications

Mini series

The stroke adjusting limit switch includes two types of the external type and internal type, and the stroke sensor includes two types of the potentiometer method and rotary encoder method. Control by a sequencer becomes simpler. For a stroke sensor with potentiometer, an option not only indicating stroke but also allowing for control by a meter relay is also available.

Inquiry Form

● Abundance of options

Multi series

All models adopt a highly efficient ball screw, quiet reduction part, and highly reliable brake motor. All series incorporate a highly reliable safety device which works effectively against overload.

58 86


LP TB 1000 L 4 V T1 LPCⅠJF Power cylinder

Thrust

Speed ：S, L, M, H

Motor Option

Options

See page 120 ‒ 123.

250 ：2.45kN｛ 250kNf ｝ 500 ：4.90kN｛ 500kNf ｝ 1000 ：9.80kN｛ 1000kNf ｝ 2000 ：19.6kN｛ 2000kNf ｝ 4000 ：39.2kN｛ 4000kNf ｝ 6000 ：58.8kN｛ 6000kNf ｝ 8000 ：78.4kN｛ 8000kNf ｝ 12000：117kN｛ 12000kgf ｝ 16000：156kN｛ 16000kgf ｝ 32000：313kN｛ 32000kgf ｝

Nominal stroke

2：200mm 3：300mm 5：500mm 10：1000mm *The above values are examples of indication.

Voltage symbol

No symbol：200V class 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz

V：400V class 400/400/440V 50/60/60Hz

V1：380V/50Hz V2：380V/60Hz V3：415V/50Hz V4：460V/60Hz

T series

L ：With two stroke adjusting external LSs *2 L3 ：With three stroke adjusting external LSs K2,K4：Position detecting internal LS P ：Potentiometer R ：Rotary encoder *3 C ：With clevis fitting ：Ⅰ-shaped end fitting (no symbol for standard) *4 Ⅰ *5 J ：With bellows F ：Motor terminal box and external LS mirror image specifications *2 When four or more clevises are installed, indicate this to us separately. *3 The clevis fitting cannot be combined with K2, K4, P or R. *4 For LPT6000 and above, the I-type end fitting is standard (no symbol). *5 The stroke is not changed.

LPTB：Wet slip clutch type LPTC：Thrust detection mechanism type * The Trunnion fitting is not included in the body model number. Please separately specify a Trunnion model number. * Manual operating handles are also available.

Standard model list Power cylinder model LPTB LPTC

250

LPTB LPTC

500

LPTB LPTC

1000

LPTB LPTC

2000

LPTB LPTC

4000

LPTB LPTC

6000

LPTB LPTC

8000

S L M H S L M H S L M H S L M H S L M H S L M H S L M H

Rated thrust

Nominal speed Rod movement per Rod rotating force Motor output Nominal stroke one turn of manual 50/60Hz kW mm N ｛kNf ｝ N・m ｛kNf・m ｝ shaft mm mm/s 2.45k

250

4.90k

500

9.80k 1000 （7.84k）（800）

19.6k 2000 （15.6k）（1600）（12.2k）（1250）

39.2k 4000 （33.3k）（3400）

58.8k

6000

78.4k

8000

12.5/15 25/30 50/60 100/120 12.5/15 25/30 50/60 100/120 12.5/15 25/30 50/60 100/120 12.5/15 25/30 50/60 75/90 9/11 25/30 35/42 60/72 6.3/7.6 17.5/21 25/30 42/50 10/12 20/24 30/36 43/52

0.1 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5

2.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 3.9 2.0 1.0 2.0 4.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.4 1.0 1.4 2.4 1.0 0.7 1.0 1.7 1.2 0.8 1.2 1.7

0.27

200, 300, 400 500, 600

5.20

0.53

200, 300, 400 500, 600, 800

13.8

1.41

200, 300, 400 500, 600, 800 ※1000 (Rated thrust is 7.84kN)

34.7

3.54

200, 300, 400 500, 600, 800 ※1000 (Rated thrust is 15.7kN) ※1200 (Rated thrust is 12.2kN)

83.2

8.49

200, 300, 400 500, 600, 800 1000, 1200 ※1500 (Rated thrust is 33.3kN)

124

12.7

500 1000 1500

222

22.6

500 1000 1500

LPTB LPTC

L 12000 M H

117k

12000

10/12 18/22 30/36

2.2 3.7 5.5

1.2 2.2 1.2

333

34.0

LPTB LPTC

L 16000 M H

156k

16000

14.5/17.5 20/24 31/37

3.7 5.5 7.5

2.9 3.2 3.7

666

67.9

LPTB LPTC

L 32000 M H

313k

32000

10/12 15/18 20/24

5.5 7.5 11

0.4 0.6 0.8

1330

136

Note) The numerical value in parentheses on rated thrust is for the long stroke type.

87

2.60

Brake specifications

● DC brake ● Brake external wiring is available

500 1000 1500 2000 500 1000 1500 2000 500 1000 1500 2000

1) The rated thrust is limited for the stroke marked with an*. 2) The speeds indicate a value at the motor synchronized rotating speed.

Environment

Totally enclosed self cooling type with brake

Output

Model

Refer to Standard model dimensions list

Number of poles

4 poles

Voltage

Outdoor type

3φ 200V/200V/220V

Frequency

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Impact resistance value

Installation altitude

Atmosphere

−15℃ ∼ 40℃

85% or less (no dew condensation)

1G or less


Normally outdoors

50Hz/60Hz/60Hz

Heat resistance class

1) Cylinders with bellows are recommended in an excessively dusty location. 2) Special painting is available for locations exposed to sea breezes and salt. Consult us. 3) All models are totally enclosed structures so that they can be used normally outdoors, however, under adverse conditions exposed to constant water and steam etc., and snow accumulation, although they are an outdoors type, an appropriate

E (B for 1.5kW or less)

Time rating

S2 30min.

Protection method

Totally enclosed outdoor type (IP55)

1) 400/440V, different voltage specifications other than the above voltages are also available. 2) For motor current value and brake current value, refer to page 115.

cover is required. When using at 40℃ or higher, always protect with a heat insulating cover, etc. Never use in a flammable atmosphere, otherwise it may cause an explosion and fire. In addition, avoid using it in a location where vibration or shock exceeding 1G is applied. 4）For use in a misty atmosphere, contact us.

Painting color TSUBAKI olive gray (Munsell 5GY6/0.5 or approximate color)

Structure Brake motor

TB type

With wet slip clutch protection device (Basic type)

Power Cylinder

Model

Standard use environment

Eco series

Motor specifications

Outer cylinder

Wet slip clutch

End fitting

Ball screw

Bracket

Brake motor

TC type

Rod

With thrust detecting mechanism (Basic type)

G series

Gear

F series

Manual handle shaft

Outer cylinder

Thrust detecting spring unit

LS part

Bracket

Ball screw

Rod

End fitting

Multi series

Gear

T series

Manual handle shaft

Striker

Thrust detecting limit switch

This motor adopts a deenergization operation type (spring close type), and the brake is applied while the cylinder stops. This brake action holds load while the power cylinder stops and reduces coasting during stoppage, and serves the purpose of increasing stop accuracy. All of the brake motors adopt outdoor types.

Reduction part

The reduction part adopts a combination of a helical gear on the high speed side and a spur gear on the low speed side. The lubrication method is grease bath type, and has a quiet operating specification. Furthermore, a manual handle shaft is provided, and the structure of the speed reducer facilitates operation at power failure and adjustment for installation. As options, various position detecting devices can be installed.

Actuation part

The actuation part is provided with a ball screw and nut which converts a rotating force into linear motion. Further, external limit switches for stroke adjustment can be mounted. A high precision ball screw and nut have advantages such as high transmission efficiency, less wear, long life and easy lubrication. The external limit switches for stroke adjustment are structured to freely adjust the stroke and endure outdoor use. The bellows are excellent in weatherproofing, and the stroke does not change even if the bellows are mounted. The seal for the rod also endures outdoor use.

Inquiry Form

Brake motor

Mini series

* The structure slightly varies depending on the model.

88

Classification of usage for LPTB and LPTC types Both types of the power cylinders have the same basic functions (thrust, speed, stroke), however, each has its feature as regards the mechanism. Read the following to select the optimum type.

TB type ● Wet slip clutch type (simple type) [Wet slip clutch] The screw shaft end of the reduction part incorporates a slip clutch which operates stably in grease as a safety device. Adoption of special lining exerts a protective function even at the time of overload or stroke overextension. * When overload is electrically detected, use in combination with our shock relay is recommended.

TC type ● Thrust detecting mechanism type

This type exerts its effect in the following cases. ① When performing press (pull) stop ② When requiring an electric signal at the time of overload ③ When an overload is possibly applied from the load side during stop When an overload is impulsively applied, the incorporated spring absorbs the impact load. [Thrust detecting mechanism] This is a thrust detecting mechanism which combines two types of pre-loaded disc springs whose spring constants are different from each other and limit switches. The combined effect of these disc springs also allows for press and stop of the high speed type. (There is only one type for the 6000 type and larger.)

When extending

When retracting

Striker

When extending

When retracting

・When the cylinder is overloaded while extending ・When the cylinder stops within the XA dimension at the time of extending ・When a pressing force is attempted to be maintained even after stop

・When the cylinder is overloaded during retracting ・ When the cylinder stops within the XA dimension at the time of retracting ・When a pressing force is attempted to be maintained even after stop

Preset thrust for safety device For both of the TB type and TC type, the thrust for the safety device has been set to approximately 150% to 200% of the rated thrust. The safety device does not work at the start for opening/closing of the damper or the hopper gate, normal reverse, inclination and elevation, however, when a load inertia is large due to horizontal movement of carriage, the safety device may work to impair smooth operation at the start. For the allowable mass of each model, see Table 4 on page 92.

Mass of carriage： O Coefficient of friction：μ Carriage traveling resistance：＝μ ≦Rated thrust

Cautions for use ● When pressing (pulling) and stopping at high frequency

● When multiple operation or stroke position control is performed

When using the power cylinder at a frequency of ten or more times a day, refer to the total stop times for every model in the following table.

① When installing rotary encoder or potentiometer For the TC type, a spring mechanism is built in the operating part. The spring slightly deflects at press (pull) and stop, or when overload occurs,

Type

LPTC250∼LPTC4000

LPTC6000∼LPTC32000

the signal amount deviates by the deflection. For the TB type, even if the safety device is tripped, signal amount does not deviate. However, the

Speed Reference total stop times （×104times）

S,L

M

H

S,L

M

H

30

10

5

10

3

1

Note) When the power cylinder is used for press (pull) contact stopping, external wiring is recommended for the wire connection of the brake. Note) When the power cylinder is used exceeding the values on the above table, it is recommended to stop with the stroke adjusting LS. Note) When the power cylinder is used with press (pull) stop, strength of the mating equipment shall be 250% or more of the rated thrust.

89

TC type can be used at normal stroke operation.

② When there is a problem with movement of the rod even if overload is applied from load side during stop For the TC type, a spring mechanism is built in the operating part, therefore, when a large load is applied from the load side, the spring deflects and the rod moves by the deflection. When the load is eliminated, the rod returns to the original position.

Selection procedures

Characteristics check STEP 3 1. Use the power cylinder at a frequency of operation below the allowable frequency of operation (Table 2). 2. Check the load time ratio. 3. Positioning accuracy varies depending on the stopping method. Refer to the stopping method (page 91).

Determination of model STEP 1 Determine the type (TB or TC) according to the use environment and method of operation.

Table 1 Operation factor Characteristics of load

Example of machine used

Operation factor

Annual traveling distance km = Actual stroke m x Frequency of use/day x number of operating days x 10-3 2. Obtain the operation factor from the characteristics of load and the machine used, referring to Table 1.

Smooth operation without impact Small inertia

Damper, opening/closing of valve, conveyor changeover device

Operation with light impact Intermediate inertia

Opening/closing of hopper gate, various transfer equipment, various lifter elevation

Operation with large impact and vibration Large inertia

Heavy object conveyance by carriage, buffer for belt conveyor, inversion opening/closing device for large lid

Eco series

Determination of model No. STEP 2 1. Obtain annual traveling distance from the stroke, frequency of operation and hours of operation.

Note) The above operation factor table shows general guidelines. Therefore, make a determination in consideration of operating conditions.

Table 2 Allowable frequency of operation LPTB・LPTC LPTB・LPTC LPTB・LPTC LPTB・LPTC LPTB・LPTC LPTB・LPTC LPTB・LPTC LPTB・LPTC LPTB・LPTC LPTB・LPTC

Type

Power cylinder model

250S 250L 500S

1 250M 1 500L 1000S

1 250H 1 500M 1000L 2000S

1 500H 1000M 2000L 4000S 6000S

1000H 2000M 4000L 6000L 8000S

1 2000H 1 4000M 1 6000M 1 8000L 12000L

1 4000H 1 6000H 1 8000M 12000M 16000L

1 8000H 12000H 16000M 32000L

16000H 32000M

32000H

Number of starting times (Number of times/min)

5

5

5

4

4

4

4

3

3

2

25％ED

Load time ratio(％ED)

Note) The above frequencies of operation are values determined by heat generation of the motor. They are not values taking life of the cylinder body into consideration.

F series

6. Hours of operation and annual number of operating days 7. Type of load of machine used 8. Environment of use 9. Power voltage, frequency

1. Machine to be used and application 2. Thrust or load N { ㎏f } 3. Stroke mm 4. Speed mm/s 5. Frequency of operation, cycles/min.

3. Multiply thrust or load by operation factor to obtain a corrected thrust. 4. Determine the frame No. from the “Expected Traveling Distance” shown below on this page according to the corrected thrust and annual traveling distance, and select an applicable model No. from the standard model list (page 87) based on the stroke, speed, power supply voltage and frequency.

G series

Conditions of use required for selection

Power Cylinder

Selection 1

Allowable frequency of operation for the power cylinder T series is within a range which satisfies the number of starting times and load time ratio in the above table. The load time ratio is expressed by the following equation.

Operation time of one cycle (Operation time of one cycle + dwell time)

×100％

Guide for life Use the number of operation times of the brake and the traveling distance of the cylinder (nut) as a guide for product life of the power cylinder T series to select the cylinder (nut).

Expected Traveling Distance Multi series

1. Number of operation times of brake Expected life 2 million times

2. Traveling distance of cylinder (nut) The life of a ball screw is determined by flaking of the rolling surface caused by its fatigue. Check the rough life with this chart of expected traveling distance. However, in the case of great impact or in the case where lubrication or maintenance is not performed properly, the expected traveling distance becomes substantially short.

Load

Inquiry Form

Equivalent load Minimum load Maximum load

Mini series

Expected traveling distance (km) = actual load stroke (m) × frequency of use (times/day) × number of operating days × 10-3 × expected number of years The chart on the right-hand side is based on L10 life. L10 life expresses in traveling distance a life that can be reached by 90% or more of all ball screws. If you select a power cylinder based on the life, select model No. from this chart. If the load greatly fluctuates in the middle of stroke, calculate the equivalent load (PM) by the following equation.

T series

Load time ratio (%ED) =

Expected Traveling Distance (km) 90

Table 3 Coasting distance and stop accuracy (Reference value) Usage

Brake internal connection Lifting load

Model S LPTB 250 L LPTC M H S LPTB 500 L LPTC M H S LPTB 1000 L LPTC M H S LPTB 2000 L LPTC M H S LPTB 4000 L LPTC M H S LPTB 6000 L M LPTC H S LPTB 8000 L LPTC M H L LPTB 12000M LPTC H L LPTB 16000M LPTC H L LPTB 32000M LPTC H

Suspended load

Unit: mm

Fig. 1 Type of load

Brake external connection Lifting load

Suspended load

Coasting distance

Stop accuracy

Coasting distance

Stop accuracy

Coasting distance

Stop accuracy

Coasting distance

Stop accuracy

2.2 4.3 6.9 13.7 2.1 3.6 6.5 12.7 1.7 3.2 6.3 15.6 1.7 3.2 7.7 13.3 1.2 3.8 6.4 10.9 0.6 2.7 4.5 7.6 1.9 3.6 5.6 − 2.1 3.5 − 2.8 − − − − −

±0.4 ±0.8 ±1.4 ±2.7 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±1.3 ±2.7 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±1.4 ±3.3 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±1.7 ±2.9 ±0.3 ±0.8 ±1.4 ±2.4 ±0.2 ±0.6 ±1.0 ±1.7 ±0.4 ±0.8 ±1.2 − ±0.5 ±0.8 − ±0.6 − − − − −

3.0 8.5 12.4 27.3 3.7 6.1 11.4 22.3 2.8 5.4 10.2 27.6 2.7 5.0 12.7 22.8 1.6 5.9 9.9 16.9 0.8 4.4 7.4 12.2 2.9 5.8 8.4 − 3.0 5.1 − 4.0 − − − − −

±0.6 ±2.1 ±3.2 ±7.3 ±0.9 ±1.6 ±2.9 ±5.9 ±0.7 ±1.4 ±2.6 ±7.7 ±0.7 ±1.3 ±3.4 ±6.4 ±0.4 ±1.5 ±2.6 ±4.4 ±0.2 ±1.2 ±2.0 ±3.2 ±0.7 ±1.6 ±2.1 − ±0.8 ±1.3 − ±1.0 − − − − −

1.9 3.7 6.0 12.5 1.8 3.1 5.9 10.2 1.5 2.9 5.0 10.4 1.5 2.5 5.2 8.0 0.9 2.5 3.8 6.6 0.5 1.8 2.7 4.6 1.3 2.2 3.4 5.4 1.3 2.1 3.6 1.7 2.6 3.9 1.3 2.0 2.7

±0.3 ±0.6 ±1.1 ±2.4 ±0.3 ±0.6 ±1.2 ±2.0 ±0.3 ±0.6 ±1.0 ±2.0 ±0.3 ±0.5 ±1.0 ±1.6 ±0.2 ±0.5 ±0.8 ±1.3 ±0.1 ±0.4 ±0.5 ±0.9 ±0.2 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±1.0 ±0.2 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±0.3 ±0.5 ±0.7 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±0.5

2.7 7.8 11.4 26.1 3.3 5.6 10.8 19.6 2.5 5.1 8.8 22.1 2.5 4.2 10.0 17.1 1.3 4.5 7.2 12.3 0.6 3.4 5.5 9.0 2.2 4.3 6.1 8.7 2.2 3.6 5.9 2.8 4.0 8.6 2.0 4.2 4.4

±0.5 ±1.9 ±2.9 ±6.9 ±0.8 ±1.4 ±2.7 ±5.2 ±0.6 ±1.2 ±2.2 ±6.3 ±0.6 ±1.0 ±2.7 ±4.9 ±0.3 ±1.1 ±1.9 ±3.2 ±0.1 ±0.9 ±1.5 ±2.4 ±0.5 ±1.1 ±1.5 ±2.0 ±0.5 ±0.9 ±1.4 ±0.7 ±0.9 ±2.4 ±0.4 ±1.1 ±1.0

Brake holding force

Lifting load

Suspended load

Vertical operation Note) Anti-rod rotation is required for actual operation.

Stoppage This method operates and stops the brake by the limit switch or operation of the stop button, and allows for positioning on multi-stages such as the upper limit, lower limit and middle of the stroke. Coasting distance and stop accuracy vary depending on operating speed and load. When accurate positioning is required, low operation speed or brake individual turnoff is recommended. Take coasting distance into consideration to set the limit switch and the output stop signal. Reference values are shown in Table 3.

Load holding force while the power cylinder stops is generated more than the rated thrust, therefore, it can be used for holding load of the rated thrust. This holding force is generated by the braking operation of the brake motor. The brake is of a spring braking type that always performs braking operation by spring force during stoppage, and brake torque has a holding force of 150% or more of the motor rated torque.

Coasting distance: This indicates a distance from a time when the limit switch or the stop button is operated until the cylinder stops. This coasting distance varies depending on how the load is applied and the operation circuit. Stop accuracy: This indicates variation of the stop position when stop is repeated. * When selecting the H speed, refer to the cautions for selecting on page 118. * Select a power cylinder of a sufficient thrust, allowing for a safety rate so that the loads used (static and dynamic) do not exceed the rated thrust.

Example of selection 1. Operation method：Opening degree adjustment type damper open/close (Stop at middle two points, press and stop at extend limit and retract limit) 2. Required thrust：12.7kN｛1300kgf｝

5. Frequency of operation：One reciprocation/10 minutes (6 reciprocations/hour)

3. Stroke：600mm

8. Use environment：Outdoor installation, much dust, temperature 0℃∼35℃

4. Speed：600mm/s for approximately 20 seconds

9. Power source： 220V 60Hz

6. Operating time：10 hours/day, 250 days operation/year, durable years approximately 5 years 7. Characteristics of load：Operation with light impact, loaded when extend and retract

: With press and stop, internal stop → Select TC type : 1. Operation factor：1.3 2. Corrected thrust：12.7kN｛1300kgf ｝×1.3＝16.5kN｛1680kgf ｝ 3. Model No.： LPTC 2000L6

K2 J

Stop at two middle points

With bellows (much dust)

: 1. Number of starting times ● Number of starting：2 times/10min＜4 times/min ●Load time ratio： 600 ×2 30 ×100＝6.7％＜25％ 10×60 2. Number of total press (pull) stop times：2 times/1 reciprocation, durable years: 5 years (250 days/year) 2×6×10×250×5＝15 x 104 times＜30 x 104 times : 1. Annual traveling distance：0.6×2×6 times/hour×10 hours/day×250 days/year×10-3＝18km 2. Expected traveling life：18km×5 years＝90km 16.5+16.5×2 3. Equivalent load：PM＝＝16.5kN｛1680kgf ｝ 3 This calculated value satisfies the expected traveling life of LPTC 2000 according to the load-life diagram on page 90.

63 91

Table 4 Allowable mass in consideration of inertia at time of horizontal drive LPTB ： 250 LPTC

Power cylinder model Allowable mass

Unit: ㎏

LPTB ： 1000 LPTC

LPTB ： 2000 LPTC

LPTB ： 4000 LPTC

L

M

H

L

M

H

L

M

H

L

M

H

L

M

H

4300

1500

850

5500

2650

950

10000

3200

2200

12300

8400

7100

31800

26000

16800

LPTB ： 6000 LPTC

Power cylinder model Allowable mass

LPTB ： 500 LPTC

LPTB ： 8000 LPTC

LPTB ： 12000 LPTC

L

M

H

L

M

H

73000

60000

39000

106000

69000

86000

L

M

LPTB ： 16000 LPTC H

L

M

LPTB ： 32000 LPTC H

L

M

H

271000 158000 200000 274000 344000 189000 1368000 761000 860000

Power Cylinder

Selection 2

Control method

As shown in Fig. 2, transfer or elevation can be carried out by sharing load on some power cylinders. This is because there is less speed fluctuation due to variation in load. For selection, pay attention to the items at the right.

To start, turn on the power for all of the cylinders, and stop them with the limit switches installed on each power cylinder. When all of the cylinders are controlled with one limit switch, stroke error is accumulated, therefore, avoid controlling with one limit switch. For an example of the control circuit, refer to example of the multiple circuit (page 116).

Fig. 2 Linkage operation by some power cylinders

Multiple accuracy Variation in speed of each power cylinder during operation is generated due to variation in load, and is generally approximately 5%. For variation at stop, refer to the stop accuracy in Table 4. When synchronizing power cylinders, use the multi-series. (Page 124)

Thrust per one cylinder =

Required thrust N {kgf} Number of power cylinders to be used x Multiple factor

Table 5 Multiple factor Number of power cylinders used

F series

Multiple operation method

G series

Selection 3

Eco series

Note) There is no problem with low speed S.

2 cylinders 3 cylinders 4 cylinders 5 cylinders 6 cylinders

Multiple factor

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.55

0.5

When the load is in the right angle direction (lateral load) or load of which direction is biased (biased load) is applied on the rod, take the following countermeasures. ① Lateral load Install guide roller etc., on the rod part. (Fig. 3)

Fig. 4 Biased load Workpiece

Multi series

Balance weight Guide roller

Avoid directly applying a lateral load and install a guide roller.

When an unbalanced load is applied, install a balance weight etc. * In this layout, a guide is separately necessary.

③ Anti-rod rotation --- A rotating force is generated on the rod with thrust (page 87), therefore, prevent rotation on the equipment side. ④ Vertical installation of stroke adjusting external LS (stroke 300mm or less) --- The connector portion of the external LS appears below the trunnion mounting base surface. (Fig. 5)

Mini series

Fig. 3 Lateral load

② Biased load Install balance weight etc. (Fig. 4)

T series

Cautions for layout

Trunnion fitting mounting base External LS connector

Give consideration to the mounting base because cabling is required.

Inquiry Form

Fig. 5 Vertical installation of the stroke adjusting external LS

64 92

Dimensions Table T Series 250 LPTB250 KL

ML 35

Greasing port

60

36

125

(opposite side)

(Both sides)

φ16H10 depth 27

φMD

12

□

12.5

69

Manual shaft end

287

50

25

25

18 +0.5 0

130

SK-14L （φ11∼13）

φ35

φ58

LA

φ16H10/d9

Stroke adjusting external LS

(73) 120

A 15

90

40

130

XA

Unit: mm Model


LPTB250S

12.5/15

LPTB250L

25/30

LPTB250M

50/60

0.2

LPTB250H

100/120

0.4

Motor kW

MD

ML 296

0.1 132

231 253

Unit: mm Thrust { kNf } kN

Nominal stroke 200 300 400 500 600

2.45

250

XA

A 340 440 540 640 740

MIN 435 545 655 765 870

KL

MAX 635 845 1055 1265 1470

LA 161

125

Approximate mass of main body Nominal stroke

Model

LPTB250S LPTB250L LPTB250M LPTB250H

Unit: ㎏

200

300

400

500

600

35 32 32 34

36 33 33 35

37 34 34 36

38 35 35 37

39 36 36 38

1. This diagram shows a power cylinder with an external limit switch for stroke adjustment. 2. If the stroke is 300mm or less and a limit switch for stroke adjustment is equipped, the limit switch is vertically mounted. Note that the LA dimension becomes larger. (See ④ in Cautions for layout on page 92.) 3. Mechanical stroke has a margin of approximately 10mm on both sides for the nominal stroke. 4. For the cylinder with bellows, the stroke will also not change. 5. For connector part dimensions of the motor terminal box, refer to page 115.

76.5

Options ■ Bellows（ - J）

■Ⅰ-type end fitting（ -Ⅰ） ■ Clevis fitting（ - C）

■ Trunnion fitting（LPTB500-T）

Mass: 7.0kg/set

Mass : 1.7kg Note) Shipped as attached to the main body. The XA dimensions are the same as the standard U-type end fitting.

Note) Shipped attached to the main body. If it needs to be shipped individually, consult us.

Note) Apply grease to the trunnion pin and trunnion hole before mounting.

* Dimensions with no tolerance described have general tolerance, and their sizes become larger by approximately 2 to 5mm from the described dimensions. When designing the machine, take the margin into consideration.

93

Dimensions Table T Series 250 LPTC250 ML

KL 35

SK-14L （φ11∼13）

60

36

125

Greasing port (opposite side)

(Both sides)

50

25 φMD

12

□

12.5

69

Manual shaft end

287

+0.5 0

25

18

φ16H10 depth 27

130

120

Unit: mm Model LPTC250S

12.5/15

LPTC250L

25/30

LPTC250M

50/60

0.2

LPTC250H

100/120

0.4

Motor kW

MD

ML

132

231 253

200 300 400 500 600

2.45

250

XA

A 340 440 540 640 740

MIN 435 545 655 765 870

KL

296

0.1


MAX 635 845 1055 1265 1470

LA 161

76.5

125


Model

LPTC250S LPTC250L LPTC250M LPTC250H

Eco series

130

XA

Unit: ㎏

200

300

400

500

600

39 36 36 38

40 37 37 39

41 38 38 40

42 39 39 41

43 40 40 42

F series

125


Nominal stroke

(73)

A

1. This diagram shows a power cylinder with an external limit switch for stroke adjustment. 2. If the stroke is 300mm or less and a limit switch for stroke adjustment is equipped, the limit switch is vertically mounted. Note that the LA dimension becomes larger. (See ④ in Cautions for layout on page 92.) 3. Mechanical stroke has a margin of approximately 10mm on both sides for the nominal stroke. 4. For the cylinder with bellows, the stroke will also not change. 5. Use TC type model in brake individual turnoff. 6. For connector part dimensions of the motor terminal box, refer to page 115.

G series

90

φ58


2000L 15

φ35

0.75□X6C

LA

101

φ16H10/d9

Options ■ Trunnion fitting（LPTB500-T）

T series


Multi series

■ Bellows（ - J）

Mass: 7.0kg/set




Inquiry Form

Mini series


94

Dimensions Table T Series 500 LPTB500

130

S

ML KL

18

□MH

+0.5 0

35

2-φ16Ｈ10 Depth27


KD

φ16H10/d9 φ35

φ58

LA

AH

36

BH

TH

50

φMD

12

□

12.5

Manual shaft end

69

25

25

(73)

Stroke adjusting external LS A 15

90

40

130 B

XA

Unit: mm Model


Motor kW

LPTB500S

12.5/15

0.1

LPTB500L

25/30

0.2

LPTB500M

50/60

0.4

LPTB500H

100/120

0.75

MD

KL

KD

125

SK120 14L

60

125 287

180 289 166 A20C 170

70

150 327

132

A 340 440 540 640 740 940

231

MH

AH

BH

TH

XA LA MIN MAX 435 635 161 545 845 655 1055 765 1265 76.5 870 1470 1090 1890

S

B

C

E

F

120 12.5

25

20

140

30

25

G

H

J

K

L

10

130

25

16

12

140

31

20

65

253 Unit: mm

Nominal Thrust stroke kN { kNf } 200 300 400 4.90 500 500 600 800

ML

− 20

Unit: ㎏


Model


15

40

200

300

400

500

600

800

35 32 34 43

36 33 35 44

37 34 36 45

38 35 37 46

39 36 38 47

41 38 40 49





Mass: 7.0kg/set





95

Power Cylinder

Dimensions Table T Series 500 ML KL

18

□MH

+0.5 0

35

2-φ16Ｈ10 Depth27


AH

36

KD

φ58

LA 0.75□X6C 2000L 15

φ35

φ16H10/d9 (73) 130

A 90

B

XA

125

Unit: mm Model


Motor kW

LPTC500S

12.5/15

0.1

LPTC500L

25/30

0.2

LPTC500M

50/60

0.4

LPTC500H

100/120

0.75

MD

132

A 340 440 540 640 740 940

KL

KD

231

SK125 14L

MH

AH

BH

TH

120

60

125 287

180 289 166 A20C 170

70

150 327

XA LA MIN MAX 435 635 161 545 845 655 1055 765 1265 76.5 870 1470 1090 1890

S

B

C

E

F

120 12.5

25

20

140

30

25

G

H

J

K

L

10

130

25

16

12

140

31

20

65

253 Unit: mm

Thrust Nominal stroke kN { kNf } 200 300 400 4.90 500 500 600 800

ML

Eco series

BH

TH

50

φMD

12

□

12.5

Manual shaft end

69

25

25

− 20

Unit: ㎏


Model


15

40

200

300

400

500

600

800

39 36 38 47

40 37 39 48

41 38 40 49

42 39 41 50

43 40 42 51

45 42 44 53

1. This diagram shows a power cylinder with an external limit switch for stroke adjustment. 2. If the stroke is 300mm or less and a limit switch for stroke adjustment is equipped, the limit switch is vertically mounted. Note that the LA dimension becomes larger. (See ④ in Cautions for layout on page 92.) 3. Mechanical stroke has a margin of approximately 10mm on both sides for the nominal stroke. 4. For the cylinder with bellows, the stroke will also not change. 5. Use TC type model in brake individual turnoff. 6. For connector part dimensions of the motor terminal box, refer to page 115. 7. The terminal box lead-out direction in this diagram is for the H speed. For the S, L, and M speeds, the direction is the same as the LPTC250 type.

F series

S

G series

130

T series

LPTC500

Options ■Ⅰ-type end fitting（ -Ⅰ） ■ Clevis fitting（ - C）

■ Trunnion fitting（LPTB500-T） Multi series






Inquiry Form

Mass : 1.7kg

Mini series

Mass: 7.0kg/set

96

Dimensions Table T Series 1000 130

S

ML

KL 45

116

LPTB1000

□MH

20

60 15

(opposite side)

40

327

Greasing port 150

2-φ20H10 Depth32

φMD

12

□

82

Manual shaft end

30

+0.5 0

30

70

KD

φ40

LA

φ70

φ20H10/d9 (73)

Stroke adjusting external LS A 15

90

50

140 150

XA

Unit: mm Model


Motor kW

LPTB1000S

12.5/15

0.2

LPTB1000L

25/30

0.4

LPTB1000M

50/60

0.75

180 289 166

LPTB1000H

100/120

1.5

194 351 178

MD ML 132

231 253

KL

KD MH

S

125

SK120 14L

65

A20C 170

20

Unit: mm Nominal stroke 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000

Thrust { kNf } kN

9.80

7.84

1000

800

XA

A 360 460 560 660 760 960 1160

MIN 465 575 685 795 900 1120 1340

MAX 665 875 1085 1295 1500 1920 2340

LA 161

−


Model


Unit: ㎏

200

300

400

500

600

800

1000

42 40 46 50

44 42 48 52

45 43 49 53

47 45 51 55

48 46 52 56

51 49 55 59

54 52 58 62


76.5




Mass: 7.0kg/set





97

Power Cylinder

Dimensions Table T Series 1000 ML

KL

116

45

□MH

20

3０ ∅MD

60 15

150

Greasing port

40

(opposite side)

70

KD

LA

∅40

∅20H10/d9

90

140

145

Unit: mm Model LPTC1000S

12.5/15

0.2

LPTC1000L

25/30

0.4

LPTC1000M

50/60

0.75

180 289 166

LPTC1000H

100/120

1.5

194 351 178

Motor kW

MD ML 132

231 253

KL

KD MH

S

125

SK120 14L

65

A20C 170

20


9.80

7.84

1000

800

XA

A 360 460 560 660 760 960 1160

150

XA


Nominal stroke 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000

(73)

Stroke adjusting external LS A

0.75□X6C 2000L 15

MIN 465 575 685 795 900 1120 1340

MAX 665 875 1085 1295 1500 1920 2340

LA 161

76.5

−


Model


Unit: ㎏

200

300

400

500

600

800

1000

48 46 52 56

50 48 54 58

51 49 55 59

53 51 57 61

54 52 58 62

57 55 61 65

60 58 64 68

1. This diagram shows a power cylinder with an external limit switch for stroke adjustment. 2. If the stroke is 300mm or less and a limit switch for stroke adjustment is equipped, the limit switch is vertically mounted. Note that the LA dimension becomes larger. (See ④ in Cautions for layout on page 92.) 3. Mechanical stroke has a margin of approximately 10mm on both sides for the nominal stroke. 4. For the cylinder with bellows, the stroke will also not change. 5. Use TC type model in brake individual turnoff. 6. When the model of the TC type nominal stroke 1000mm is used, press and stop cannot be carried out near the maximum stroke in terms of buckling strength. 7. For connector part dimensions of the motor terminal box, refer to page 115.

Eco series

12

□

82

Manual shaft end

327

2-∅20H10 Depth32

+0.5 0

30

F series

S

G series

130

LPTC1000



T series





Multi series

Mass: 7.0kg/set

Inquiry Form

Mini series


98


□MH 60

S

□

2-φ25H10 Dapth37

70

φMD

12

17.5

99

Manual shaft end

Greasing port

165

(opposite side)

KD

85

50

367

KL

35

MF

40

25 +0.5 0

145

LPTB2000

φ50


φ75

LA

φ25H10/d9 (76) 170

A 16

105

50

180

XA

Unit: mm Model

Nominal speed Motor mm/s kW 50/60Hz

MD ML MF

KL

KD MH

S

125 SK14L 120 70

LPTB2000S

12.5/15

0.4

132 253

LPTB2000L

25/30

0.75

180 289

LPTB2000M

50/60

1.5

194 351

LPTB2000H

75/90

2.2

207 381 130 190 A25C 200 20

−

166 178

A20C 170

Unit: mm Nominal stroke 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200

Thrust { kNf } kN

19.6

2000

15.6 12.2

1600 1250

XA

A 400 500 600 700 800 1000 1200 1400

MIN 520 630 740 850 955 1175 1395 1615

MAX 720 930 1140 1350 1555 1975 2395 2815

LA 164

−


Model


Unit: ㎏

200

300

400

500

600

800

56 55 59 70

58 57 61 72

60 59 63 74

62 61 65 76

64 63 67 78

68 67 71 82

1000 1200 72 71 75 86

76 75 79 90


79





Mass: 9.2kg/set Mass : 5.0kg Note) Shipped as attached to the main body. The XA dimensions are the same as the standard U-type end fitting.




99

Power Cylinder


□MH 60

S

KL

165


85

50

KD

105


MD ML MF

KL

KD MH

S

125 SK14L 120 70

12.5/15

0.4

132 253

LPTC2000L

25/30

0.75

180 289

LPTC2000M

50/60

1.5

194 351

LPTC2000H

75/90

2.2

207 381 130 190 A25C 200 20

−

166 178

A20C 170


19.6

2000

15.6 12.2

1600 1250

XA

A 400 500 600 700 800 1000 1200 1400

MIN 520 630 740 850 955 1175 1395 1615

170 XA

LPTC2000S

Nominal stroke 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200

φ50

φ75

165

MAX 720 930 1140 1350 1555 1975 2395 2815

LA 164

79

−

180


Model


Unit: ㎏

200

300

400

500

600

800

64 63 67 78

66 65 69 80

68 67 71 82

70 69 73 84

72 71 75 86

76 75 79 90

1000 1200 80 79 83 94

Eco series

16

Unit: mm Model

(76)

Stroke adjusting external LS A

0.75□X6C 2000L

LA

110

φ25H10/d9

84 83 87 98

1. This diagram shows a power cylinder with an external limit switch for stroke adjustment. 2. If the stroke is 300mm or less and a limit switch for stroke adjustment is equipped, the limit switch is vertically mounted. Note that the LA dimension becomes larger. (See ④ in Cautions for layout on page 92.) 3. Mechanical stroke has a margin of approximately 10mm on both sides for the nominal stroke. 4. For the cylinder with bellows, the stroke will also not change. 5. Use TC type model in brake individual turnoff. 6. When the model of the TC type nominal stroke 1000 or 1200mm is used, press and stop cannot be carried out near the maximum stroke in terms of buckling strength. 7. For connector part dimensions of the motor terminal box, refer to page 115.

F series

□

367

70

φMD

12

17.5

99

Manual shaft end

2-φ25H10 Depth37

35

MF

40

25

G series

145

+0.5 0

LPTC2000


■ Trunnion fitting（LPTB2000-T） T series





Multi series

Mass: 9.2kg/set Mass : 5.0kg

Inquiry Form

Mini series


100

Dimensions Table T Series 4000 75 50

□MH

35

20

∅MD

12

Greasing port

□

(opposite side)

KD

100

70

446

195

Manual shaft end

KL

80

115

MF

S

2-∅32H10 Depth45

ML

170

40 +0.5 0

LPTB4000

LA

∅95

∅70

∅32H10/d9


(85)

A 18

200

50

130

220

XA

Unit: mm Model


MD ML MF

KL 166

LPTB4000S

9/11

0.75

180 289

LPTB4000L

25/30

1.5

194 351

LPTB4000M

35/42

2.2

207 381 130 190

LPTB4000H

60/72

3.7

229 414 141 201

−

178

KD MH A20C 170

200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1500

39.2

33.3

4000

3400

XA

A 440 550 650 750 850 1050 1250 1450 1750

MIN

MAX

585 695 805 910 1020 1235 1450 1670 1995

785 995 1205 1410 1620 2035 2450 2870 3495

90 −

A25C 200 20


Nominal stroke

S

LA 182


Model

Unit: ㎏

200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1500 90 94 97 101 104 111 118 87 91 94 98 101 108 115 97 101 104 108 111 118 125 116 120 123 127 130 137 144


125 122 132 151

136 133 143 162


97.5








101

Power Cylinder

Dimensions Table T Series 4000 75

□MH

35

50

KL

20

∅MD

12

Greasing port

□

(opposite side)

KD

100

70 130

200

195

Unit: mm Nominal speed Motor mm/s kW 50/60Hz

MD ML MF

KL 166

LPTC4000S

9/11

0.75

180 289

LPTC4000L

25/30

1.5

194 351

LPTC4000M

35/42

2.2

207 381 130 190

LPTC4000H

60/72

3.7

229 414 141 201

−

178

KD MH A20C 170

200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1500

39.2

33.3

4000

3400

XA

A 440 550 650 750 850 1050 1250 1450 1750

MIN

MAX

585 695 805 910 1020 1235 1450 1670 1995

785 995 1205 1410 1620 2035 2450 2870 3495

S 90 −

A25C 200 20


220

XA

LA 182

97.5


Model

Unit: ㎏

200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1500


105 102 112 131

109 106 116 135

112 109 119 138

116 113 123 142

119 116 126 145

126 123 133 152

133 130 140 159

140 137 147 166

Eco series

18

Nominal stroke

(85)

A

2000L

Model

∅70

∅95


151 148 158 177

1. This diagram shows a power cylinder with an external limit switch for stroke adjustment. 2. If the stroke is 300mm or less and a limit switch for stroke adjustment is equipped, the limit switch is vertically mounted. Note that the LA dimension becomes larger. (See ④ in Cautions for layout on page 92.) 3. Mechanical stroke has a margin of approximately 10mm on both sides for the nominal stroke. 4. For the cylinder with bellows, the stroke will also not change. 5. Use TC type model in brake individual turnoff. 6. When the model of the TC type nominal stroke 1500mm is used, press and stop cannot be carried out near the maximum stroke in terms of buckling strength. 7. For connector part dimensions of the motor terminal box, refer to page 115.

F series

0.75□X6C

LA

127

∅32H10/d9

G series

446

195

Manual shaft end

80

115

MF

S

2-∅32H10 Depth45

ML

170

40 +0.5 0

LPTC4000






Multi series

T series


Inquiry Form

Mini series


102


□MH

S KL

ML MF

175

20

65

40

φMD

0

45 -1.0

Greasing port

KD

2-φ40H10-Depth55

60 22

φ40H10

φ80

Stroke adjusting external LS Grease discharge port A

φ115

120

φ80

230

518

□

17

Manual shaft end

XA

205

LPTC6000

240 260

□MH

S ML

KL

MF

175

20

65

40

0

45 -1.0

Greasing port

KD

22

300

Model LPTB6000S LPTC6000S LPTB6000L LPTC6000L LPTB6000M LPTC6000M LPTB6000H LPTC6000H

Nominal stroke

KL

KD MH

0.75

180 289

−

166

17.5/21

1.5

194 351

−

178

25/30

2.2

207 381 130 190

42/50

3.7

229 414 141 201

500 1000

MD ML MF

6.3/7.6

Thrust { kNf } kN 58.8

6000

1500

A

φ80

XA


φ40H10

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

855

1010

1510

1355

1560

2560

1955

2210

3710

A20C 170

S

2-φ40H10-Depth55

155

0.75□×6C 2000L

Stroke adjusting external LS Grease discharge port A

φ115

120

φ80

230

518

φMD

□

17

Manual shaft end

240 260

Approximate mass of main body Model

Nominal stroke

LPTB6000S LPTC6000S LPTB6000L LPTC6000L LPTB6000M LPTC6000M LPTB6000H LPTC6000H

90 −

A25C 200 20

Unit: ㎏

500

1000

1500

143 165 151 173 157 179 172 194

168 190 176 198 182 204 197 219

193 215 201 223 207 229 222 244

1. This diagram shows a power cylinder with an external limit switch for stroke adjustment. 2. Mechanical stroke has a margin of approximately 10mm on both sides for the nominal stroke. 3. For the cylinder with bellows, the stroke will also not change. 4. Use TC type model in brake individual turnoff. 5. When the model of the TC type nominal stroke 1500mm is used, press and stop cannot be carried out near the maximum stroke in terms of buckling strength. 6. For connector part dimensions of the motor terminal box, refer to page 115.




Mass : 16.5kg Note) Shipped attached to the main body. If it needs to be shipped individually, consult us.

Mass: 39.0kg/set Note) Apply grease to the trunnion pin and trunnion hole before mounting.


103

Power Cylinder


S 195

□MH

ML MF

KL 25

70

45

φMD

□

17

Manual shaft end

0

50 -1.0

(opposite side)

KD

φ45H10

A

240

XA

300 310

Eco series

29

2-φ45H10-Depth60

Stroke adjusting external LS 65

φ95

φ130

150

φ95

280

578

Greasing port

S

LPTC8000

195

□MH

ML MF

KL 25

70

45

0

50 -1.0

(opposite side)

KD

Model LPTB8000S LPTC8000S LPTB8000L LPTC8000L LPTB8000M LPTC8000M LPTB8000H LPTC8000H

Nominal stroke

KL

KD MH

178 A20C 170 137

10/12

1.5

194 351

20/24

2.2

207 381 130 190

30/36

3.7

229 414 141 201 A25C

43/52

5.5

265 403 156 245

Thrust { kNf } kN

500 1000

MD ML MF

78.4

8000

1500

A

−

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

900

1065

1565

1400

1615

2615

1900

2165

3665

200

S

Model

Nominal stroke

LPTB8000S LPTC8000S LPTB8000L LPTC8000L LPTB8000M LPTC8000M LPTB8000H LPTC8000H

− −

250 25

310

Unit: ㎏

500

1000

1500

224 254 212 242 230 260 241 271

254 284 242 272 260 290 271 301

284 314 272 302 290 320 301 331


G series

Approximate mass of main body

300

T series

XA


φ45H10

A

Multi series

29

165

2-φ45H10-Depth60

Stroke adjusting external LS 0.75□×6C 2000L 340

φ95

φ130

150

φ95

280

578

Greasing port

F series

φMD

□

17

Manual shaft end

Options ■ Clevis fitting（ - C）




Inquiry Form

Mini series



104

Dimensions Table T Series 12000 S

LPTB12000

195

ML

□MH

MF

KL 25

90

55

φMD

Greasing port

0

65 -1.0

□

17

Manual shaft end

KD

75

2-φ50H10-Depth70

φ160

Stroke adjusting external LS 25

φ110

150

φ110

280

578

(opposite side)

φ50H10

A

250

XA

300 350

S

LPTC12000

195

ML

□MH

MF

KL 25

90

55

65 -1.0

Greasing port

0

KD

Stroke adjusting external LS 0.75□×6C 2000L 350

25

175

A

Unit: mm Model

Nominal stroke

10/12

MD ML MF

KD MH

KL

207 381 130 190

2.2

S

300 350


Nominal stroke

Unit: ㎏

500

1000

1500

2000

200 145

LPTB12000L

270

312

354

396

309

351

393

435

18/22

3.7

229 414 141 201 A25C 250 145

LPTC12000L

30/36

5.5

265 403 156 245

LPTB12000M

285

327

369

411

LPTC12000M

324

366

408

450

LPTB12000H

295

337

379

421

LPTC12000H

334

376

418

460

Thrust kN

{ kNf }

A

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

500

950

1135

1635

1000

1450

1685

2685

1950

2235

3735

2450

2785

4785

1500

φ50H10

XA


LPTB12000L LPTC12000L LPTB12000M LPTC12000M LPTB12000H LPTC12000H

φ110

φ160

150

φ110

280

578

(opposite side)

2-φ50H10-Depth70

φMD

□

17

Manual shaft end

117

12000

2000

250 25




φ180





105

Power Cylinder


S

225

□MH

ML MF

KL 100

30

65

φMD

□

24

Manual shaft end

80 -1.0

KD

A

310

38

LPTC16000

2-φ63H10-Depth75

φ130 90

φ130

φ180

170


φ63H10

XA

225

S

340 400

Eco series

0

(Manual side)

329

659

Greasing port

□MH

ML MF

KL 30

100

65

φMD

□

24

Manual shaft end

Nominal stroke

14.5/17.5

MD ML MF

KL

229 414 141 201

3.7

S

F series

0


Nominal stroke

Unit: ㎏

500

1000

1500

2000

145

LPTB16000L

469

525

581

637

518

574

630

686

20/24

5.5

265 403 156 245 A25C 250 170

LPTC16000L

31/37

7.5

265 441 156 245

LPTB16000M

480

536

592

648

LPTC16000M

529

585

641

697

LPTB16000H

490

546

602

658

LPTC16000H

539

595

651

707

Thrust kN

{ kNf }

A

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

500

1060

1260

1760

1000

1560

1810

2810

2060

2360

3860

2560

2910

4910

1500

KD MH

400

156

16000

2000

170


G series


340

T series

80 -1.0

XA

Unit: mm Model

φ63H10

Multi series

38

A

180

2-φ63H10-Depth75

0.75□×6C 2000L 400

φ130

φ180



KD

φ130

329

(Manual side)

170

659

Greasing port





Inquiry Form

Mini series



106


190

86

35

ML

KL (273)

125 -2.0

φMD

0

50 140 90

KD

Grease port (Manual side)

590

1133

175 □ 27

Manual shaft end

2-Ｍ30

130

Grease discharge port

φ90H10

A XA

415

86 190

ML (273)

0

125 -2.0

2-Ｍ30

φMD

□

KD

(34)

285

285

A

570

XA

Unit: mm Thrust Nominal speed Motor MD kW kN { kNf } mm/s

ML

KL

KD

10/12

403

245

A25C

313 32000

φ90H10

5.5

265

2-∅90H10 DEPTH110


φ180

260

φ180


φ240

175

27

Grease port (Manual side)

Thrust detecting port

590

1133

540

KL

50 140 90 Manual shaft end

Model

520

35

LPTC32000


2-∅90H10 DEPTH110

285 (34)

φ240


φ180

260

φ180


520 540


Unit: ㎏

500

1000

1500

2000

LPTB32000L

1215

1313

1411

1509

1305

1403

1501

1599

Model

15/18

7.5

265

441

245

A25C

LPTC32000L

20/24

11

324

519

263

A30B

LPTB32000M

1225

1323

1421

1519

LPTC32000M

1315

1413

1511

1609

LPTB32000H

1294

1392

1490

1588

LPTC32000H

1384

1482

1580

1678

Unit: mm XA MIN MAX

Nominal stroke

A

500

1315

1575

2075

1000

1815

2125

3125

1500

2315

2675

4175

2000

2815

3225

5225

1. This diagram shows a power cylinder with an external limit switch for stroke adjustment. 2. Mechanical stroke has a margin of approximately 10mm on both sides for the nominal stroke. 3. For the cylinder with bellows, the stroke will also not change. 4. For connector part dimensions of the motor terminal box, refer to page 115.







107

The following three types of position detecting devices can be built in as your requested.

1. Position detecting internal limit switch (with two or four switches) 2. Potentiometer 3. Rotary encoder

Internal structure


Potentiometer Cam

Gear head

Power Cylinder


Note) Mounting cannot be carried out with clevis fitting. Mount this unit with trunnion fitting.

84

Eco series

120

Terminal block 60

Rotary encoder Micro switch ＬＳ４

SCL14B Micro switch ＬＳ３ Micro switch ＬＳ１

62

Applicable wire diameter φ１２．５∼φ１４ Gland mounting part PF1/2

F series

(27)

Micro switch ＬＳ２

43

126 or less

Frame no.

Mass

T500 T1000 T2000 T4000 T6000 T8000 T12000 T16000

7.3 7.6 8.0 9.0 12.2 13.3 13.3 14.5

Unit: ㎏

G series

Mass of positional detecting unit

● With two switches (symbol K2) ……… Layout of micro switches LS1 and LS2 in the previous diagram ● With four switches (symbol K4) ……… Layout of micro switches LS1, LS2, LS3 and LS4 in the previous diagram

Position detecting internal LS

Electric configuration

D2VW-5L2A-1M（OMRON）Equivalent 250V AC 4A（cos＝0.7）

Both ends determined position stop

K2

Both ends external press stop, position detection

Position detecting internal LS

Model

Extend: Middle determined position stop External press stop, position detection Retract: Two-determined position stop

K4

For both extend and retract: External press stop, position detection Middle determined position stop

Contact configuration

For terminal No., refer to page 110. Note) In the table at the left

Stops with operation of the micro switch for thrust detection. Stops with operation of the micro switch for position detection. Detects position with operation of the micro switch for position detection.

LS cam

For adjustment of the operating position, operate the power cylinder to adjust the LS cam. Loosen the hexagon socket head set screws (2 pieces) on the LS cam with a hexagon bar wrench (nominal 1.5).

Hexagon socket head set screw

Mini series

Extend: External press stop, position detecting Retract: Determined position stop

Micro switch specification

Multi series

Application example

Inquiry Form

Option symbol

T series

1. Position detecting internal limit switch (with two or four switches)

108

Position detecting unit 2. Potentiometer This is a variable resistor to output electric signals depending on the stroke amount of the

Potentiometer specifications

cylinder. Use this unit in combination with a printed board and a stroke indication meter.

Model

Resistance values according to the model have been adjusted before shipment.

Manufacturer

Separately request preset values according to the model as they are described in the position detecting unit specification drawing. Pay strict attention to handling because correspondence between the stroke position and the resistance value will deviate by rotating the rod of the power cylinder.

CP-30 or equivalent SAKAE TSUSHIN KOGYO CO., LTD.

Total resistance value

1kΩ

Rated power

0.75W

Dielectric strength Effective electric degree Effective mechanical degree

1000V AC 1min. 355° ±5° 360° endless

Connection Connected to terminal block in position detecting unit P1 P2

P3

Cylinder rod retract

Cylinder rod extend

3. Rotary encoder

Rotary encoder specifications TS5305N251

Model

& &

Tamagawa Seiki Co., Ltd.

Manufacturer Output waveform Output voltage

600P/R

Output pulse number

9 & "= *#

90°phase difference two-phase square wave + home position output H

̶

Note 1)

L

1V or less

Note 1)

Power supply

9 & = *#6 & ' *+ 8D" E*#? F;D*? F 7 A' & 1 2-?0++)G&*+?0,/)G&+,?0*G

5∼24V DC

Output connection Signal 1

Signal 2

Signal Z

+5V to 24V

0V

Case

（9）

（10）

（11）

（12）

（13）

（14）

Figures in parentheses indicate terminal No.

Output waveform

Output circuit T a

b

When extending c

＋

d

Signal 1 (A-phase output)

H

Signal 2 (B-phase output)

H e

L

−

H

Signal Z (Z-phase output)

a. b. c. d = T/4 ± T/8

out

L

L

Maximum lead-in current 30mA (max)

T/2 ≦ e ≦ 3T/2

$4 & *))(**)?-)(.)8C# ;5>'6+"> +))(++)?-)(.)8C#

Mini series

*+ *))!

Suggest Documents

Power Cylinder / Linipower Jack catalog

Read more

Floor Jack & Hydraulic Cylinder Repair Center

Read more

JACK LALANNE POWER JUICER MANUAL - manualspath.com

Read more

Jack

Read more

Cylinder Axis Agreement www.researchgate.net › publication › fulltext › Cylinder-

Read more

Cylinder-head Bolts and Cylinder Head Installation

Read more

Chevrolet inline six-cylinder power manual pdf - Google Drive

Read more

Wind Power Station Utilizing Lift of a Rotating Cylinder

Read more

Volkswagen Touareg - Power steering pump, 8-cylinder gasoline ...

Read more

[PDF] Chevrolet Inline Six-Cylinder Power Manual - Google Sites

Read more

Cylinder Repair

Read more

master cylinder

Read more

Cylinder Block

Read more

Cylinder Repair

Read more

THE POWER OF SIMPLICITY Jack Trout - the Integrity + Consulting ...

Read more

$man-40\jack-lalanne-power-juicer.pdf - Google Drive$
man-40\jack-lalanne-power-juicer.pdf - Google Drive

Read more

$man-99\gateway-laptop-power-jack-repair.pdf - Google Drive$
man-99\gateway-laptop-power-jack-repair.pdf - Google Drive

Read more

Pirates and Power: What Captain Jack Sparrow, His Friends, and ...

Read more

new design of power screw jack with ball

Read more

the power of focus by jack canfield pdf - Google Drive

Read more

Cheap 2.1X5.5Mm Cctv Camera Female Dc Power Jack Connector ...

Read more

Scissor Jack

Read more

Bloody Jack

Read more

Jack Methods

Read more

Report "POWER CYLINDER LINIPOWER JACK"

Your name

Email

Reason

Description

Copyright © 2025 M.MOAM.INFO. All rights reserved.
| About Us | Privacy Policy | Terms of Service | Help | Copyright | Contact Us | Cookie Policy

Sign In

Email

Password

Remember me Forgot password?

Our partners will collect data and use cookies for ad personalization and measurement. Learn how we and our ad partner Google, collect and use data. Agree & close